Did you know that we exclusively build garden buildings in Bath, England?

 

Introduction

Our company, based in Bristol, is renowned for crafting quality insulated garden buildings. What many may not realise is that we also serve Bath, constructing a variety of garden rooms each year. We believe it’s important to share why so many Bath residents choose us for their garden structures, whether it’s a gin bar or an insulated corner garden office.

 

Why is your company so popular when it comes to building garden rooms?

The main reason for our popularity is our long-standing presence. We haven’t just appeared overnight and started advertising on social media that we can build a garden room in your area.

Our buildings are not just structures, they are investments in quality and durability. Unlike mass-produced summerhouses, which are stapled together and then flat-packed and sent to the customer for them to assemble themselves, our buildings are meticulously crafted, insulated, and built to last. And for your peace of mind, we offer a long-guaranteed period on our buildings.

 

So, what type of garden buildings can you build?

Our garden rooms are used for a massive range of different purposes, from a place where a company director can sit and complete some work for their business to a room that’s a dedicated vodka bar.

Whether our garden buildings are going to be used as a place of work or somewhere to unwind after a super busy day, every building that we construct is very well built. We employ experienced carpenters, electricians, and joiners. This means that your garden room hasn’t just got to be an empty room with freshly plastered walls.

Instead, our construction company can install a bathroom or a kitchen, install the flooring, and bring in painters and decorators to decorate the room for you.

 

What is the starting price of a garden office/room to be built in Bath, West England?

Our construction company’s starting price for building an insulated garden office or room is 18k. We can then offer many extras if you want those installed in your garden room. For example, we offer air-conditioning, solar panels, or composite decking to be built out the front of your garden room.

 

We want a garden room built, but can it be used in the winter when it’s really cold?

Some people have a common misconception when purchasing a summerhouse: it can only be used during warmer weather. This is true for some buildings if they are not correctly insulated.

Some garden buildings are wooden sheds with OSB boarding and no insulation. This is no good, as here in Britain, as we all know, our winters can get mighty cold. So, you will need insulation, not just on the side walls but also on the roof and the flooring. So, when you hire Kingsley, you will hire a construction company that will ensure that we add insulation throughout your garden building.

This means that whether you want to use the building on a nice warm sunny day in July or you want to use the building in December, our buildings can be used even if it is cold outside. Plus, because we employ electricians, our electricians can install the electric radiators for you. What’s great about this is that our customers in North Somerset really like that we supply a brand of electric radiator that can be switched on remotely from your smartphone.

So, let’s say you’re meeting with friends in Bath city centre and ask your partner if you’d like a drink in the garden room when you return.

Then, remotely from your smartphone, whether it’s Android or Apple, you can simply switch the heating on. By the time you get back home, the garden room will be nice and warm, ready for you to enjoy that bottle of wine back at the house.

 

Has your summerhouse/garden room company built many wooden buildings in North Somerset?

We most definitely have; we have built many garden rooms right across North Somerset. Most of the buildings we construct monthly are used as a place of work. More people than ever are now working from home; therefore, these customers want a well-insulated, well-built room that they can use throughout the year. Because our buildings come crammed with so much insulation, such as panel insulation, this insulation helps to keep the building cooler in the summer and keep the warm air in during the winter.

 

How do we arrange to obtain a quote?

We have estimators working six days a week offering quotes across North Somerset. So, we can come out and offer you a quote, and a time that best suits you.

Call us today, and we can arrange a time to come and offer you a free quote.

 

Garden Room Bar | We build garden bars / Gin bars across South West

 

Bespoke Garden Room Bars

Would you like a garden room bar/gin garden bar built this summer, 2024?

 

 

Perhaps you would like a garden building created that looks like an authentic English pub when you walk inside. Your garden bar, therefore, has a dart board, English ales on draft and also comfy Chesterfield sofas.

Instead, you might enjoy drinking luxurious British made gin’s or vodka and want to dedicate the whole room to these quality spirits?

Therefore, you might have a luxury bar built by Kingsley Build so that you have hundreds of bottles of gin.

Therefore, these buildings make great places to socialise and have your family and friends over to throw a party.

We can install a quality sound system, which can be integrated into the ceiling so that you can play your favourite music late into a summers evening.

Our builders can build an outdoor seating area with glass balustrades raised from the garden level could also be created, offering a place to enjoy a refreshing drink.

 

Can we use this garden bar / garden room right throughout the year? Will it be fully insulated?

It can sometimes seem that our summers are all over, and done and dusted in the blink of an eye and that we are back to wet and cold British weather.

Therefore, homeowners want the reassurance that when they purchase a garden bar from Kingsley, it can be used during the autumn and the winter months as well, so that you are not just purchasing a building that can only be used for a few months a year.

Our garden buildings can be used all year around

 

 

So if it’s cold and drizzling outside in the middle of winter, you only have to walk into a Kingsley-built garden room and it will be nice and warm inside once the heating has been switche don. Because we use quality insulation (we can use panel insulation, fibreglass or sheep’s wool insulation), you can therefore pop on the heating inside, and in a short period, your garden bar will start to warm up and be nice and cosy inside.

 

What are the main benefits of purchasing a garden bar?

Most rooms within people’s houses serve a practical purpose, such as being a kitchen, a bedroom or a living room. However, purchasing a garden bar can become your place to unwind; you can fill it with the things you enjoy, perhaps a jukebox with Elvis Presley songs on? Perhaps someone to enjoy drinking whiskey, perhaps somewhere to paint an oil painting? So you keep your canvasses in there?

 

Do you enjoy playing snooker?

You may want to have a full-size snooker table fitted within your garden room? We can build a garden room large enough for you to play snooker in.

 

 

Perhaps you like to watch films, then we can build a cinema garden room for you.

Pool table/garden room

Many people have garden rooms so that they can have a full-size pool table installed within the building.

Then you can listen to your favourite music while playing pool with your friends.

 

 

Can you build an area outside the garden bar that can be used as a seating area?

We have built a huge amount of composite decking, infront of garden rooms.

So we can build large area infront of your garden bar that can be used as seating area, great for enjoying wine with friends during the summer.

The decking could have glass balustrades surround the composite decking, and it could have composite steps leading up to the decking.

 

Are the garden bars you build bespoke?

When a customer, let’s say in Bath, England, wants to have a garden bar built, it might be very different from the design the next customer wants built. Every week, our builders are therefore building, very different garden rooms. Some are huge buildings, with multiple rooms inside, however some garden buildings we build, are used as places to work in, and sometimes are small buildings.

 

We can build any size of garden room

One customer might want a small room built the corner of the garden; this might be used as a place to go down and have a pint of English ale and perhaps catch up with a friend on the decking.

Another customer might want to push the boat out and have a huge garden bar, a huge area decked with composite decking, we can also build large garden rooms.

Are you able to install the electrics into our garden bar for us?

Sometimes, some customers require a considerable amount of electrics and wiring to be installed in a garden bar; for example, there might be underfloor heating, LED spotlights, speakers, surround sound systems, lighting in a decking, there might be solar panels added to the roof and much more.

Therefore, hiring a separate electrical contractor to do all this work can be quite expensive. However, we can take care of all this work for you, and this work can be included in our quote.

So, for example, when you tell our estimator that you want LED spotlights fitted, surround-sound speakers, and lighting in the decking, they will listen to this and include that in our quotation that we will email to you.

 

Do you only build garden bars in set sizes? Or can you build a bespoke garden room?

Some garden room companies pre-make the buildings within a factory, for example on an industrial estate in Bristol. Then, they might tell the customer they have four different-sized garden bars to choose from.

So, as a customer, you might be limited to what size garden rooms some companies can offer.

However, our business is completely different. We build bespoke garden bars, meaning that you can specify the exact width and length of the garden room you want built. Our builders also can build any shape garden bar, whether its rectangular, we could even build a circular garden room.

The building is, therefore, 100% bespoke.

 

Can you take care of all the groundworks for us, such as digging the trenches and building the foundations?

Yes, we can, whether it’s installing the water pipe or waste pipe or perhaps levelling the ground with a mini excavator we can offer to do all of the groundworks. We can undertake all of this work in Bristol for you, and we will include it in our quote.

 

Our garden room company can therefore, offer to do the following groundworks in Bristol when building a summerhouse:
– Build the foundations
– Dig the trenches for the waste pipe / water supply
– Level the ground and remove any excess soil

 

Will we need to seek planning permission from Bristol City Council before the garden room is built?

For most of the garden bars we are building around and in Bristol, quite often, the garden buildings will not require planning permission to be sought from Bristol City Council. However, before that assumption is made, you do need to speak to one of our team or a qualified architect to see whether planning permission is needed or not.

We or your chosen architect will advise you whether, in your particular circumstances, planning permission is required or not.

It is sometimes the case that some garden buildings will require planning permission to be granted, and no construction work should start until planning is granted.

If planning permission is needed from say Bath City Council, or Bristol City Council, it can take several months sometimes for this to be obtained so this does need to kept in mind, as if planning is needed, it can mean that your construction company has to wait for planning approval, before they build your new garden bar.

 

 

What sort of access is needed to build a garden bar?
Ideally, we would need rear or side access to your garden; normally a side garden gate is usually sufficient for us to bring the building materials into your garden.

In some circumstances, an Victorian property on a terraced street, sometimes there might not be any rear or side access at all.

We would, therefore, need to visit the property to come up with a plan for how we could bring building materials through the house to build your new garden bar. Often, the vast majority of the building can be brought in bits and taken through the building. However this will normally increase the labour costs quite significantly and, therefore, the cost of the bill.

Therefore, we will need to come out and see how we can bring the building materials such as timber, glass, and rubber roofing through the house.

 

Do you offer to build garden rooms at an affordable price?

 

Affordable garden rooms

There are no two ways many us residents of the United Kingdom are feeling the pinch of what is often dubbed “the cost-of-living crisis”.

Everything from a can of beans at the local supermarket through to the cost of heating your home has increased in cost

 

Affordably priced garden rooms

Therefore, many residents in the UK are considering what to buy and not what to buy right now.
Therefore, many homeowners might have put off those more luxurious items, such as gaining a garden room, for another year. Perhaps the homeowner wanted to convert their attic space, yet they are delaying this as the cost may seem too expensive.

However, we are pleased to say that across Bristol, our order book is filling up with customers wanting quality garden offices.

Here’s why so many are hiring Kingsley to build their garden offices and rooms:

– Low cost cladding options available bringing the build cost down
– Low cost window and door options available bringing the cost down
– Low cost, long life roof options available

 

Garden rooms from just £18k

Therefore, there are ways to reduce the cost of acquiring a garden office or building a garden room- that’s if you hire us. Some companies do not alter the construction method to bring the cost down.

We are different, we will explain to the customer that we can offer you construction methods, which will help to bring the cost down of building your new garden room. For example, adding UPVC doors and windows, rather than using aluminium framed windows and doors.

The construction methods we use will not sacrifice quality of your garden room, yet often items, such as the doors can be substituted for lower cost options, which help save the customer money.

 

What is the cheapest method that you can use to build a garden office/garden room?

Ground Screws

 

Using ground screws rather than the concrete base.

You might think that concrete is relatively cheap to purchase, yet good quality concrete is rather expensive building material if a lot of it is needed.

Not only can concrete be expensive, and a lot of CO2 is used when manufacturing concrete as well, so you do have to consider, are there more eco-friendly products available for when building a new garden room?
Thankfully the answer is yes, and lower cost option than using concrete, and an option that’s better for the environment is to use ground screws.

The reason is ground screws, on much cheaper than using a concrete base, is simply because our ground screw installers can install these in a matter of a few hours with a powerful drill.

This saves time, it also means not one dollop of concrete is ever needed, meaning that we never have to call a concrete delivery company and wheel barrow it into the garden, which can be labour intensive.

 

Low-cost cladding

Hardwood cladding and certain brands of composite cladding can be very expensive to buy. These look brilliant and are popular, but there’s no two ways about it—they are costly especially to buy certain hardwoods from local timbers merchants.

Therefore, as this article is all about building affordable, low-cost garden rooms, why not consider these two options: opting for steel sheets or softwood cladding?

Softwood cladding requires more maintenance because it is more susceptible to wood rot. Powder-coated steel sheets require much less maintenance. However, many people don’t like the appearance of metal sheets clamped to the outside of the building. Therefore, you might want to opt for Thermowood is made from natural wood.

 

Expert sales team

We have a highly experienced and knowledgeable sales team.

We can therefore come out and chat with you about how much you are willing to spend, then we can start to build and design your garden room within the budget you have available.

 

Does your company offer garden room finance?

Although we don’t directly offer finance for our garden rooms, some customers do arrange finance themselves from lenders.

 

Regardless of how much you pay for garden room the quote will always include the following:

  • Quality insulation
  • Well-built, durable construction
  • Guaranteed to last
  • Double glazed
  • We have a well-built roof
  • Built fast by an expert team of garden room builders

 

Talk to the garden room experts today

Some companies specialise in building garden gyms, garden offices and garden bars; however, what is great about picking our business is that we can build a garden room for you is we have experience of building all of these.

Therefore if you want a well-built garden room built at an affordable price then do call us.

Can you build a garden room for us that’s wholly clad using Shou Sugi Ban (Yakisugi) cladding?

Our team, based in the vibrant city of Bristol, is akin to a colony of hard-working bees, diligently crafting garden rooms that stand head and shoulders above the rest. Our expertise and dedication ensure that our garden rooms are a testament to quality and craftsmanship, setting us apart from other businesses in the industry.

There’s a rising trend among our customers in Bristol- they’re increasingly requesting garden rooms with Yakisugi cladding. This special, high-quality cladding, created through an ancient technique of wood burning, not only transforms the wood’s appearance but also enhances its durability. The demand for these unique garden rooms is on the up, and we’re here to meet it.

So, as more Bristol residents want a garden room built by a company that can complete them with Shou Sugi Ban, we thought it would be a good idea to write a blog post explaining the benefits and why you may want this constructed in your garden.

 

What is Shou Sugi Ban wood?

Shou Sugi Ban timber has been used for centuries in Japan.

So, in Great Britain, many homeowners have Shou Sugi Ban garden fencing and garden rooms built using this timber. It produces a garden office or room that looks brilliant but is also very different from a garden room with varnished softwood cladding. The burning process paints the wood in a deep, mesmerizing charcoal hue; it’s this captivating appearance that enchants many homeowners. This is also combined with the fact that this is an ancient process used by the Japanese to protect the wood, so no nasty chemicals need to be applied to the wood; you are simply using quality wood and heat to produce this appearance.

 

 

How is Shou Sugi Ban (Yakisugi) produced?

We often do not char the wood ourselves; we usually buy the timber that’s been through the Shou Sugi Ban or Yakisugi process from an expert. The reason is that the outside of the wood needs to be charred perfectly. Overburnt and the wood will be weakened. Not enough heat is applied, and the charring process will not be completed to a level to protect the wood, so we buy our Shou Sugi Ban or Yakisugi from a supplier. This ensures that we are using the highest quality Shou Sugi Ban wood in our Bristol garden rooms, giving you peace of mind about the durability and appearance of your garden room.

 

Dates back to the 18th century

So, even though Shou Sugi Ban timber is regularly featured in many interior design magazines, and many Bristol homeowners want to use it for their garden fencing or the outside of their summerhouse, it’s not new. It’s been around since the 18th century and has been used in Japan for a long time.

 

Does Yakisugi or Shou Sugi Ban strengthen or weaken the wood?

When you see someone applying a large flame to the wood and charring the outside of the wood, many people think the wood is becoming weaker just to achieve that appearance. However, if the process is done right, the wood actually becomes better protected and can, therefore, last longer. The reason is that the process helps to form a protective layer, helping to protect the wood.
However, this is only if the Shou Sugi Ban is done right. Some companies overburn the wood or do not burn it for long enough. This is why you must buy it from a supplier that guarantees the wood will last a specific period.

 

Weatherproofing

Another reason so many people, when they have a Bristol garden office or room built by our team, ask us to clad the outside with Shou Sugi Ban (Yakisugi) is that it helps protect the wood from the elements, such as the rain. The wood can, therefore, be weatherproofed.
What we would say is Shou Sugi Ban (Yakisugi) timber can vary greatly, depending on the wood that’s used, plus also how well the heat has been applied to the wood. Therefore, you do need to pick a supplier that guarantees the wood.

 

Chemical-Free
When you think of all the wood paint needed for garden fencing and decking, then the varnishes and the oils required to protect the cladding of some garden rooms, this can be a lot of chemicals needed.
Another reason garden room companies, landscape gardeners, and homeowners choose Shou Sugi Ban (Yakisugi) cladding is that the wood is protected from heat. Therefore, layers of chemicals are not added; this is another reason this wood is used, as many homeowners want to move away from using chemicals in their gardens, where possible.

Garden Room Companies Bristol

Our team has built many garden rooms in South West England. These rooms can be used for various purposes, some as garden gyms and cinema rooms, and we have built many garden offices.

For any garden room you would like our builders to build, we can add Shou Sugi Ban (Yakisugi) timber to the outside. Then we can talk to you about how we can make the garden room even more comfortable for you; perhaps you would like air conditioning added, maybe you would like underfloor heating, maybe you would like extra thick insulation to make keeping the room warm very simple.

We offer to build garden rooms with a meagre starting price of 18k. This is why our team is out working all year round, come summer, spring, winter, or autumn, building our garden rooms and garden offices in the city of Bristol. We have full-time sales staff available on the phone to answer any questions you may have.

Plus, we can also arrange a good time for our sales staff to come and meet you in your garden. We can answer any questions you may have, from explaining the hundreds of different cladding options we can offer—metal, wood, and composite—to the different brands of air-conditioning units we can also add to the building.
For a quote, why not contact our team today

 

We build luxury garden bars right across South-West England.

 

Garden Bar S.WEST ENGLAND

From Exeter right through to Bristol, our builders are busy-bees throughout the year building luxurious garden bars for our customers. In this article, we will explain why so many homeowners call us each week, to ask our construction company build a garden bar for them.

Great place to socialise
When you have a party with friends or family over coming over, some people like to have the gathering in a garden, or within their garden room. Therefore, you can enjoy the sunshine with your friends and family and make the most of the good summer weather. Your garden bar can therefore be a great places to socialise and enjoy a drink or two with friends.

 

 

Our garden bars can be used right throughout the entire year

The description of the “Summerhouse” does infer that you can only use the building during warmer weather.
However, we are building so many insulated garden buildings throughout South-West England that can be used throughout the entire year.

Our construction company predominantly builds garden rooms in Bath, Exeter, and Bristol. We normally have a full order book throughout the year simply because our buildings are so well insulated and come with a long guarantee period.
Our garden buildings can be used 365-days a year

So whether it’s Christmas Day, and you may want a Christmas party in the room, or its the peak of summer in July, you can throw a party and use your garden bar as place to enjoy time with your friends.

Plus, if it gets chilly outside, you can turn on the heating system, and the room will be nice and warm in a short period of time.

Our garden rooms, which we build in South West England, are often used as multipurpose spaces. These garden rooms can be helpful for a wide range of purposes, from exercising to simply reading a book and enjoying a glass of wine.

What’s great about having a garden building constructed is that you will potentially have a large building constructed in your garden that can be used for many different purposes.

For example, it could span the entire width of your garden- so could be used as a bar, to play pool, or somewhere where you can workout during the entire year.

 

 

Pool/snooker room

Many people like to play pool or snooker; so if you have a large garden room built, it can become a place where you can go and enjoy playing a pool game, perhaps on a summer evening.

 

Can you offer us a brochure or a price list?

Our sales staff can send to you a PDF sales brochure, which explains more about the luxury garden buildings we construct in England.

Additionally, we have sales staff who can come out five days a week in person and meet you within your garden, to offer advice and often provide you with a quote on the spot if it’s a more simple construction.

If the customer wants a more complicated build, such as a garden room, that has a “living roof”, a roof on which we can grow plants or, the customer wants a large bathroom fitted, we might need to return to the office and calculate the cost.
We will always aim to get a quote back as soon as possible after we meet you, we often send out a detailed breakdown of our estimate within 48 hours.

 

Do you only build garden buildings within Bristol?

You might have seen our construction company a lot of work around Bristol. However, we don’t just build garden rooms in the city of Bristol. We have a large team of staff, ranging from qualified electricians to architects, which means our construction company is able to build any type of garden buildings throughout the entire Southwest of England. So we can see the garden rooms building as far as Exeter and right through Bristol.

 

Can you arrange for us to obtain planning permission for our garden bar?

The vast majority of garden bars that we construct—often these buildings—can be constructed straight away and are what is called permitted development.

Often, we do not, therefore, need to gain planning permission from the local council to build our garden rooms.
However, with that said, some of the garden buildings we construct do require planning permission.

When we come out and offer you a quote, we can then tell straight away whether we think planning permission is needed or not.

Now, it’s worth noting that if your garden bar requires planning permission, say from the local council, such as Bristol City Council, you could be waiting over a month for planning permission to be granted sometimes by the council.

You might have to wait even longer sometimes if the council is processing a lot of planning applications at that time.

 

We are planning on playing loud music in our garden bar. Are you able to soundproof the entire garden bar?

Because the building is a timber construction, soundproofing it completely is often not possible.

However, what is possible is that our builders put soundproofing; into the ceilings, the floor and walls for you.
The brand and quality of the soundproofing you choose will depend on how much sound is contained within the room.
When you combine this with triple glazing, this can further help to include the noise on the windows and the doors. Again, we would say this soundproofing can help to contain the sound within the room, but it doesn’t completely stop some sound from escaping from the garden room.

 

 

We want a company that employs qualified electricians to install the electrics. Are you able to do this?

Many of our customers like the fact that they don’t have to manage multiple tradesmen when they are having their garden room built. For example, suppose you hire a different UK garden room company, in that case, you might have to hire a separate painter and decorator, electrician, or groundworks company to install the trench, waste pipe, and water supply.

However, our customers like that we have all these tradespeople, from the plumbers, through to the painters and decorators working for us in-house. So, we can take care of all the work that is needed in-house.

Whether you want the room completely painted and decorated or electrics installed, or all the plumbing work taken care of, we can complete this work for you.

Perhaps you need ground works completed; whether its digging a trench; we can take care of all this work for you within our quote.

 

 

Why not obtain a free quotation from us today?

As our construction company expands, we are building more and more luxurious garden bars throughout the United Kingdom. The vast majority of our buildings are built in the Southwest of England. The reason why we are so popular in the Southwest is that we build luxurious buildings with a long guarantee period.

 

If you would like a quote, then why not call us?

Our company builds luxurious, well-made garden bars in the South-West, England that come with a long guarantee period.

 

 

 

 

Does your business build garden cinema rooms in S.West England?

 

Garden Buildings | Garden Cinema Rooms

 

Many homeowners here in Great Britain are having garden buildings constructed by our construction company. These garden buildings are not just to being used as a place of work or to exercise but where they can enjoy watching a film. Whether that’s one of the latest Marvel movies, or perhaps you prefer a romantic comedy, many people have a garden building constructed by us to be used as a garden cinema room.

 

Garden Cinema Rooms

We can install within building soundproofing, this can be placed in the walls, ceilings, and floor soundproofing. This means that you can watch your favourite films are as loud as you would like.

Then, our electricians can wire in all of the surround sound speaker system, including the subwoofers, the projectors, and all of the power points you will need.

Often, the projecter is mounted onto the ceiling and then projected onto a plasterboard wall. We can install the projector for you.

 

How can we control how much sunlight comes through the bi-folding doors?

If you’re watching a film, the last thing you want is to be squinting while trying to watch the film because the sunlight is too bright.
You may well be struggling to watch the the movie because you can’t see it because the sun light is so bright. Therefore, We can install bi-folding doors within the actual glass panels that can be quality blinds which you can adjust, to control how much light enters the building. It can be controlled by a remote or by manually turning a stick to rotate the blinds. Therefore, you can control how much light enters the cinema room whilst your watching a movie.

 

Are you able to take care of installing all of the electrics within the garden building?

The electrics will need to be installed within the cinema room, and often, a deep trench must be dug in the garden, in order to lay the armoured cable. What’s important is that whichever British garden building company you hire to construct your cinema room, that they use a qualified electrician to do this work.

We always use qualified electricians

Our qualified electricians can take care of everything from installing LED spotlights to the strip lights made of LED that can change colour when you click a remote button.
Our electricians also install the electric underfloor heating, the electric radiators, the electric power sockets, and all of the speakers.

 

Are you able to organise for us that we gain the the planning permission needed to construct our garden room?

Whether we are building a cinema room in Bath, England, or the building is being constructed in somewhere in Bristol, there are different local councils where we will need to apply to gain planning permission.

Some of the rooms we build do not require any planning permission at all. However, when we chat with you, we understand the size of the garden building being built, we can, therefore, offer an opinion on whether planning permission is likely to be needed or not for your garden room.

 

If planning permission is needed, our architects can apply for planning permission for you

If planning permission is needed from the city of Bath County Council or Bristol Council, we have a full-time architect who can apply for planning permission for you- helping you to save a lot of time.

Our architects can therefore create all of the CAD drawings that are needed, and the notes needed to be sent to the local council. We can, therefore, take care of all the paperwork needed for you to obtain planning permission for your new cinema room.

 

We can build a cinema room as large as you would like

We have worked in some truly massive gardens within Bath and some massive gardens in Bristol also. This allows the homeowner to construct a garden building as large as they would like, thats as long as they can gain planning permission for the building.

Therefore, you can build a cinema room and design and build it the way you like.
For example, you could have a kitchen area built within the building, another side room could be added that could be used as a bathroom.

There could be a totally separate room with its own separate entrance that is used for an entirely different purpose, such as doing yoga in the mornings.

How secure are these buildings? Can they be locked up at night?

When you consider that within a garden cinema room, there will be top-quality speakers made by well-known brands such as Samsung, you will want to have good-quality locks installed on your garden room.

Therefore, we can install quality locks on the bi-folding doors and window.

Our electricians to also install CCTV right around the building if you would like this added to your garden room.

Depending on what brand of CCTV you would like, you can get mobile alerts on your phone if somebody approaches your garden building, say when you are on holiday.

 

Are your home cinemas warm enough to use in winter?

We want to use our cinema room 365 days a year.

How warm are these buildings during the winter months?

 

When you see our builders working in your garden, they will often be cutting the insulation with a handsaw. We use thick our insulation, that’s really thick panel installation when we are building our garden rooms.

The insulation we use, looks a bit like a giant sandwich; it has two reflective outer coatings and a dense foam centre. It’s superb at keeping the cold air out and the warm air in during and the winter.

Now, this insulation can be pretty expensive; depending on the thickness, so some garden room companies might use it sparingly.

However, our company is different, and we cram this insulation into the walls between structural timbers, we put it into the floor between the wooden joists and put it into the roof between the roof timbers. This means that all around the rooms we build are fully insulated, making it simple to keep warm.

 

Are you thinking of a garden building or a cinema room in Bath or Bristol?

Then do contact us, we’ve been building garden buildings, including garden bars and cinema rooms, for many years. We also produce 3-D drawings so you can know what your cinema room will look like in your garden before its constructed. With prices starting from as low as £18,000, we are the garden company to call in the South-West of England.

 

 

We answer some frequently asked questions relating to our garden offices

 

Introduction

When we get calls from our clients every week, the vast majority of our customers would like a garden office constructed.

In our opinion, this is the most common reason people would like a garden building constructed.

As we all know theres been a significant increase in the number of people working from home in recent years, so often many Bristol residents need quality garden buildings built so that they have somewhere to work comfortably whilst at home.

Would a garden office be comfortable to work in?

How can we regulate the temperature?

When you walk into a steel shipping container or, let’s say, a wooden garden shed on a hot summer day, it can feel boiling inside, right?

The heat can be considerable and perhaps even unbearable. Now, when you consider that a garden room will often have a black rubber roof, this can attract the sun’s rays, and the heat can become trapped within the building.

Therefore, the building can become unbearably hot unless you have a way to regulate the temperature.

This is what often separates cheap, low-quality, low-cost summerhouses from high-quality buildings which are built with ample insulation installed. We can install a small conditioning unit and add multiple electric heaters as well. Therefore our garden offices can be used all year around and in any weather.

How long does a garden office last for?

This depends on your options you select, yet our garden room company our ever installs premium-quality building items such as double-glazed aluminium bi-folding doors. Therefore each aspect of our buildings are guaranteed for different period of times.

When we come out and chat with you, we can tell you how long the windows are guaranteed for, how long the roof is guaranteed for, and other aspects of the building are guaranteed for.

Will a garden office add value to my home?

When a potential buyer of your home walks into a garden room built by us, they will see it’s a very well-constructed garden office, they may want to work the building themselves Monday through to Friday.

Will we need to seek planning permission to have a garden office constructed?

This will depend on many factors, such as the size of the building that’s being constructed, how close it is to your neighbours house, and other aspects of its design.

What we will need to do is come out and have a look and see whether or not you require planning permission.

However, with that said, we would say that the vast majority of the garden buildings that we construct, don’t need planning permission.

However, sometimes, planning does need to be sought, and if this is the case, you might have to wait several months before planning permission is granted from the council.

Do you have any experience building many garden offices?

We most certainly do; we have built many garden offices. Some of these can be built with a toilet so that you have the added convenience of having a lavatory within the building if you would like this installed into your garden office.

How secure are these buildings?

These buildings can be secure because they can have double-glazed bi-folding doors fitted, with a good-quality locking mechanism installed.

Quality locks can also be added to the windows as well. For an additional price, we could install a CCTV system as well.

 

How much does a garden office cost?

Prices do vary. We offer a starting price for a garden office pod of just £18,000. The average typical price of a garden office that we build is around £25,000. The higher-end garden rooms are much larger, can come complete with a bathroom and a toilet; these are around £40,000.

We have a full-time sales staff who can come and chat with you within the Bristol area and answer any questions you might have.

To arrange for a free estimate, please call us today.

 

 

An FAQ for garden offices with a toilet

 

Introduction

A lot of people when they’re having a garden office constructed, may plan to use the room for a large proportion of the week. For example, a self-employed person might easily spend 50+ hours a week, busy working away in their garden office.

Therefore, it can be a slight irritation let’s say, if you have to keep running across the lawn to use the toilet within your house. This is why it’s much more convenient, to get a bathroom installed within your garden office. You might even want to have a shower cubicle installed as well, so that you can have a nice refreshing shower within your garden office after work.

We are now going to answer some commonly asked questions regarding garden offices with a toilet.

How much does a garden office cost that also has a toilet installed?

When you’re building a garden office, or any type of garden building for that matter, and it has a toilet and a wash hand basin inside, you must consider that often there is a lot of groundworks that needs to be completed. We often use a mini JCB excavator to lay utilities such as water pipes, and the soil pipe to the garden building.

This will allow you to flush the waste away from your toilet because it will be connected to main drains. However, sometimes especially when somebody owns a large property, the main drains might be some distance away from the garden building. Therefore, a mini JCB excavator might be working for some time digging the trenches and laying all the pipes, so this does have to be kept in mind.

Average cost

If we were to ask to provide an average cost for us to build a garden office complete with a toilet, it would be around £35,000, that’s for an average size garden office, complete with a small side room to have a toilet installed and wash hand basin. Costs do vary, it does depend on the size of the garden building and how far the building is from the main drains.

How will I keep warm during the winter within my garden office?

Now this is a great question, owners of garden offices must consider how they will heat the room. It can be tempting to purchase a flatpack summerhouse for a relatively small amount of money. However what a lot of homeowners quickly find, is that in the winter it’s freezing inside these buildings, because there is no insulation inside.

So in the summer months it might be baking hot inside a garden room that has no insulation, and you might feel as though you might pass out because it is simply too hot within the building.

Therefore the two extremes are normally exist when you buy really cheap wooden summerhouses, in that they are nothing more than a glorified wooden shed. They are therefore hard to keep warm in the winter, and hard to cool in the summer.

Will you be able to install ventilation into the bathroom as well?

So, a lot of people when they are having a garden office or room built, often use the room for multiple different purposes, often it’s a place to work, but also often it’s a place to work out after work- as you might have a lot of gym equipment within the building.

Therefore when a shower cubicle needs to be installed, and you take a hot and long shower, this produces a lot of steam.

You don’t want this steam to circulate around in your garden room because it could cause damp issues, and possibly black spores can start forming on the plasterboard if there no ventilation installed.

So our highly skilled electricians can install one or perhaps multiple electric ventilation fans, the same type you would have installed in your bathroom, you just simply pull the cord and the fan switches on to extract the steam from your bathroom.

Can we pick our own bathroom suite?

Most definitely, what we can do is offer your quote for a garden room, where we supply the bathroom suite, or sometimes the customer will want to purchase it before the building is constructed.

Therefore, the customer can purchase the bathroom suite themselves. Some of the garden buildings that we construct in South West England are truly massive, so sometimes our customers will have copper crawl legged baths installed, also with a large wash hand basin, and also a large toilet as well.

At the same time, some customers might have a small garden in Bristol’s city centre, and therefore require a compact toilet and corner wash hand basin. Our Bristol plumbers can install of this for you.

 

We are sold on the idea of getting a garden office built, how long will it take the build?

This does depend on how much groundwork is needed, and the size of the building that is being constructed.

What we would say is that the vast majority of garden offices that we build, are built from start to finish in less than three weeks.

Now this might amaze you how quickly our builders can build these buildings, yet one of the reasons why these buildings are constructed so fast, is that we you something called plastic ground screws.

Now, what this does is it allows us to build a garden office in a short period, because we haven’t got to build concrete foundations.

As you might know, concrete is rather expensive, therefore organising a concrete pour to lay a large concrete slab, can cost a lot of money. Therefore, using ground screws, which are drilled into the ground using a massive drill, we can build a garden office / room quicker and cheaper than what some other companies can build it for if they used concrete foundations.

We now build garden offices throughout Bristol

Regardless of where you live in Bristol, whether you live in the dizzying heights of the Clifton area in Bristol, or perhaps you live in Aztec West we can come out and offer you a free quote.

An FAQ for garden offices with toilets

We answer commonly asked questions regarding garden offices with a toilet

We would like a luxurious garden building constructed- what can you offer?

 

Introduction

When you shop around online to purchase a log cabin or wooden summerhouse, or a garden building, you will quickly find that the price for these buildings can vary massively. Some companies in the South West might offer a flatpack version of the building for as little as £3000, yet for a building of the same dimensions, another local company might quote you over £40,000, so why the price difference?

 

Quality

Of course, if you pay a higher sum, there’s no guarantee that you will obtain quality building built by master craftsmen. So we can only speak in terms of what our garden room business can offer. However, what we can offer, which separates us from some of the other companies, is a building that is guaranteed to last.

So, for example, let’s give you an example of the doors. There are cheap suppliers of bi-folding doors out there that aim to be the cheapest supplier of UPVC and aluminium bi-folding doors. However, opting for the cheapest building materials can sometimes cause problems later on down the user later on down the line for the customer.

For example, the hinges might be difficult to open and close, they may seize or become loose from the frame. The glass might suffer from misted panels, causing the summerhouse to look damaged as water is suspended within the glass double-framed unit.

 

We only buy quality

So, we partner with tried-and-tested companies that we know will offer top-quality aluminium bi-folding doors and other building materials, such as quality composite cladding, or quality EPDM roofing.

 

We can offer you many garden room optional extras

When you visit a local car showroom in the South West, the car dealers can offer various optional extras on the car they are offering. These can make the car much more comfortable for the occupants.

Our garden buildings are the same; we can offer various options to make the garden room more comfortable. For example, in the winter, you could have underfloor heating, oil-filled radiators, and large floor-to-ceiling radiators fitted if you would like these?

In the summertime, it’s important to know that wooden buildings, that often with black rubber roofs, will attract a lot of heat, so you will need a way to cool the room to make it more comfortable. Therefore, this is why we would recommend having a small conditioning unit fitted to the side of the garden room. This can be secured and anchored to the floor. With a few clicks on the air conditioning remote, the air conditioning unit will start to cool the temperature of the room.

South-west England

When purchasing a top-quality garden building, you will want assurance that you have hired a company with a lot of experience building garden buildings over a long period of time. Thankfully, we have already built many of luxury garden buildings across the South-West of England; we are therefore highly experienced in creating everything from garden bars, used as vodka and gin rooms through to building luxurious garden buildings which are used to unwind and perhaps do a word search or read a good book during the week.

 

Bathroom and toilet

Whether you use the garden room is used to exercise within daily, for example, to do yoga in, or perhaps it can be used as a guest bedroom, you will undoubtedly want a bathroom installed as well. Some garden room companies don’t install bathrooms because completing all the groundwork, tiling, and plumbing can be time-consuming.

However, we can install the whole bathroom within the garden building for you, and also take care of the ground work as well. We have qualified electricians and plumbers who can install the toilet and bathroom suite into your garden building for you.

 

Built fast

As we all know, summers come and go very quickly here in Great Britain. It can seem like with the click of the fingers, the leaves start falling off the trees once again, and we are back into the cold weather with the log burner switched on.

So, what you’re not going to want over the summer period is your garden to be turned into a construction site for a prolonged period of time.

Many people will not want to hear cement mixers whirring around, nail guns banging, and hammers hammering nails for a prolonged period.

Therefore, this is why we are hired, we have large team of builders, that build our wooden summerhouses very quickly.

Because we build these buildings so quickly, this is why we are so busy across the South West England, Exeter, Devon right through to Bristol city centre, because we have a large team of builders. Thus, These builders allow us to put multiple staff at once building a luxury garden room, shortening the time it takes us to construct the building.

 

Guaranteed to last

When you buy a luxury item, whether its a garden-building, or a luxury sports car, you may want it to come with a guarantee to have the peace of mind you bought something that will last a specified period. Therefore, We can offer you a guarantee on the garden buildings we build, so that you know you are buying a high-quality product.

 

Environmentally friendly

If you’re having a small garden office built or perhaps your hiring us to build a gigantic garden room,; many of our customers will want to know they are purchasing a structure that is being built in an environmentally friendly way. We can offer you many different options which can help to protect the environment, from cladding made from recycled materials to installing solar panels onto the roof.

 

Summerhouses through to log cabins, we can build them all

When you think of a typical garden room, you often think of bi-folding doors and a flat roof; our buildings are built 100% bespoke, which means that we can build the whole building the way you like so you can have any design garden room; you want to have a flat roof, you could have a pitched roof, left solar panels on the roof.

You could even have a roof you can walk on the roof, with glass balustrades fitted around the garden room if you would like.

 

Now taking bookings for summer 2024

If you are looking for a business within Bristol that can build a garden office, garden rooms or a summerhouse, then why not call us today? We have friendly staff ready to take your call and answer any questions you might have.

We can pop out and offer a free quotation, we can also offer to create 3-D designs so you can see what your garden room will look like before it is constructed. If you would like to book a time with us, so we can come out meet you and offer you a free quote, why not give us a ring today?

 

 

Garden rooms complete with toilet and a shower

Garden buildings with a toilet/bathroom

 

 

Introduction

When people contact us to have us build a garden building constructed in South West England, often they want a quote that includes a bathroom or just a toilet and wash hand basin. This, therefore, allows for comparing a garden room built with or without a bathroom.

The fact that the matter is having a toilet and wash hand basin, or complete bathroom suite installed often substantially increases the cost of the build.

Often, this is not because installing the bathroom suite takes considerable time, because often does not- our plumbers can install a bathroom suite relatively quickly.

The actual work is often in the drainage, installing the water supply and completing all of the groundworks that is needed to connect to the garden building.

 

In this article, we will examine and explain why we recommend getting a garden room built that comes complete with a bathroom suite.

 

Table of contents:

  • How much does a garden room complete with a bathroom cost?
  • It is important to consider ventilation
  • Why its essential to consider drainage and water connections.

 

How much does a garden office / room complete with a toilet cost to build?

Prices vary based on the building’s proximity to the nearest utilities, such as the main drains, and its distance from the water supply and electric supply.

As you can imagine, if you have a substantial detached property, the set in its own grounds, and want a garden room built right at the end of a long garden, this is going to need a lot of groundworks.

For example, a trench often needs to be dug the length of the garden, for the soil pipe to be laid, that is, the waste pipe, and for a water supply to be connected, you also have to install an electric cable down to the garden room as well.

This might involve quite a considerable amount of digging, obviously not by hand, but by using an excavator, and this is where the cost of the garden room can increase.

However, if you have a relatively small garden, and the garden building is to be built close to the main drains, with water and electricity supplies close by, we can decrease the cost of the build for you.

Do you have much experience building garden offices/rooms with a toilet?

 

We have extensive experience building garden offices complete with a toilet; for example, a self-employed person might spend over 50 hours in the building working each week, therefore, there will need to be a kitchen area, a small kitchen area, a toilet, and a hand basin.

Therefore, we can recommend different cost-effective solutions for having a kitchen and a bathroom installed within the garden room.

When it comes to building garden buildings throughout the South West of England, most of the garden rooms we build are constructed in Bristol. We can offer a written quotation, we can set out within the quotation how much it will cost to install a bathroom and the cost without a bathroom.

Often, when the homeowner weighs up the convenience and cost of having a toilet and wash hand basin installed, they see that it’s very cost-effective and willing to pay that bit extra to have a complete bathroom or just to have toilet and wash hand basin installed.

 

Do you have tradesmen necessary to build a garden room complete with toilet?

 

 

Yes, we do; we have the tradesmen in-house, we have electricians, we have ground workers, we may have plumbers, and we also have tilers plasterers, so we have all the tradesmen we need to install a bathroom suite.

 

 

Why we recommend getting a toilet / bathroom installed in your garden office/room

If you are self-employed, an entrepreneur, or simply working for a company, you must think about how much time you spend within the building per week.

If it is just going to be a few hours per day, then it might not be worth getting a bathroom installed.

However, if the garden office will be your principal place of work; to take work calls and emails and work throughout the working week, then we recommend installing a toilet and wash hand basin, as it will make things much more convenient.

We should also consider having a small kitchen area installed, with compact kitchen units where you can make some food or a cup of tea.

 

 

Why its essential to consider ventilation

Its important to consider ventilation, especially if you have a shower installed within the garden room; when you think of the garden building, the vast majority of the buildings are made from wood and plasterboard. So you will need electric fan ventilation to suck that moisture out of the building, and our electricians can install this for you.

 

We can offer to install a complete bathroom or just a toilet and wash hand basin

There are many different toilet and bathroom options to choose from, and we can install different size shower cubicles.We can also offer different toilets, different toilets some that can have on top of them are wash hand basins integrated into the actual toilet system itself to save space.

We can install different-sized electric towel rails, different types of electric ventilation, and even underfloor heating.

 

 

Why it’s important to consider drainage connections and also water supplies when installing a bathroom within a garden room

It’s essential to consider drainage connections because you might own a substantial property, lets say a detached house in a rural location where you want the garden building built, might be far from the main house.

Therefore, we often need to measure how far the garden building is from the main drains from the electricity supply and the water supply.

Then, our architect will get back to you with a comprehensive quote in a short amount of time

 

Why you should have a garden room signed off by a qualified electrician

 

When you hire a garden room business, wherever that business is building the garden building in Bristol, a qualified electrician is needed to sign off the building.

 

Qualified plumbers and electricians should be used to install all of the plumbing and also the electrics.

Therefore, we only use qualified electricians and plumbers for our plumbing and also to install the electrics in our garden buildings

 

How do we arrange for a quotation?

If you are located in the city of Bristol, then we can pop out and offer you a quote during the week.

If you would like to arrange a quote for a new garden office or garden room to be built, why not call us?

 

Garden Cinema Rooms Bristol

Does your company construct garden cinema rooms?

 

Here at Kingsley Build, we are increasingly being asked by our customers whether we can build a garden cinema room in Bristol. The answer to this question is most definitely yes. Our construction company is often selected to construct a cinema room simply because our rooms are super well insulated, and are always top quality, plus to keep the room nice and cool we can even fit leading brands air-conditioning systems and heating systems.

This means you can watch your favourite films in absolute comfort at anytime of the year, because the room can be air-conditioned and heated.

 

Which areas do build garden cinema rooms?

Most garden buildings we construct, whether used for yoga, work, or as cinema rooms, are built in Bristol. We most likely have already built a summerhouse very close to where you live in Bristol, simply because we have now built so many of these room.

Kingsley Garden Rooms therefore has a very strong reputation for building quality summerhouses, we are fast becoming one of the leading brands in the area for building well-built, luxurious, insulated garden buildings.

 

Why should we hire you to build our cinema room?

 

Built fast

The vast majority of our garden buildings are constructed during the summer, and we can build them very quickly for our customers. This is when most people in Bristol want to be out enjoying a cold refreshing beverage and enjoying hot weather in a garden, because as we all know, our British summers are rather short in Britain.

Therefore, our highly valued customers in Bristol,don’t want the construction work on their new summerhouse to drag on for a long period of time over the summer.

This is why we are hired. Here at Kingsley Build, we have a huge team of staff including builders, electricians through managers and we have many carpenters and also plumbers. We also have a large team of labourers ready to carry the wood into your garden, and also to help build the summerhouse.

Therefore, we can offer you a timescale for us to fully complete a bespoke garden cinema room from start to finish.

Therefore, if you will obtain a luxurious, well-built garden building in your garden, built in a short period of time then why not call us?

 

Are you able to install the wiring and electrics for us?

A cinema room often needs a lot of electrics installed. Top-quality, top-of-the-range surround sound speakers might be installed on the roof and the walls?

Then, specialist LED lighting is often used to illuminate the room and change colour to create a nice atmosphere when you are watching a film.

Then there’s the projector, which must be fitted to the ceiling and often needs multiple power sockets to power everything from the LED spot lights to the underfloor heating system is also electric. So our electricians when they are installing the electrics into a summerhouse, often have a lot of work to do.
Instead of calling around Bristol electricians, we can handle all of this work and include it in our quote that we send to you.

 

Can I install a toilet in our cinema room?

Yes, we know that you might be getting to the best part of the movie, for example you might be watching Tom Cruise’s Mission Impossible, and you don’t want to rush back to the house to use the toilet as it will take you too long to get there, and you might miss part of the film.

Therefore, we can add a bathroom area within your cinema room.

We want to play the music quite loud, can you install soundproofing for us?

When you go to the local cinema, they often have really good, very high-quality sound systems, which help you to enjoy watching the movie.

Now, if your cinema room is going to be in close proximity to a neighbour’s house, we would recommend that the garden building be soundproofed.

Our builders can install soundproofing within the building so you can enjoy the movie without disturbing your neighbours with the noise from your cinema room.

 

Have you built many garden cinema rooms within the city of Bristol?

We most certainly have. A lot of people are looking for ways to get more use from their gardens.
They are looking for a place where they can go with the family and unwind and watch lets Jason Statham’s Transporter movie, a brilliant film, don’t you think?

A cinema room can actually offer that place where you can unwind, eat some snack and drink some fizzy pop, while watching your favourite films. Therefore is why so many homeowners are calling us to build a cinema garden room for them.

 

Are you able to install doors that have blinds fitted within the glass panels?

Perhaps you want to watch an action movie without the sunlight beaming inside the room, spoiling it because it might make it hard to watch the movie, if theres really bright light, coming into the garden room.

Therefore, we can install high-quality bi-folding doors integrated into the energy-efficient glass, will be blinds, made from aluminium slats, and the blinds that can be turned to any level of comfort you would like.

 

Will our cinema room be temperature-controlled?

We can offer you a range of different air conditioning systems, some of which are made by well-known brands you will have heard of, such as Samsung Electronics- absolutely fantastic quality air conditioning systems.

We can then also fit underfloor heating, as well oil-filled radiators and pack the whole room with top-quality branded installation.

What this means is that because of this work, by our plumbers, and our electricians, its simple to regulate the temperature in the room. If you cold, you can switch on the underfloor heating; if it’s too hot, you can simply get the air conditioning remote out and switch down the temperature on your conditioning system.

We therefore can build climate controlled garden rooms, any where in South West England.

 

Do you offer free quotations?

Yes, we have a dedicated sales team, they very knowledable and very friendly they are on hand to answer any questions you might have regarding getting a summerhouse constructed.
Our sales team travels regularly across the South West of England; in any area within Bristol mostly, we can offer you a free quote 6 days a week.

If you live in the centre of Bristol, say in Clifton, we can often also pop out in the evening, say before 7pm to give you a quote if this is more convenient for you?

 

Luxury cinema rooms

Therefore, if you want our luxury cinema room built in your garden, we can often complete this work often in less than three weeks from start to finish.

You will have a space to go and watch action, romance, or perhaps a horror movie in your garden. A vast screen can be projected onto the wall; therefore, you can enjoy watching your favourite films with your friends and family any time of the year.

Just imagine Christmas time owning a cinema garden room.

Christmas is often a time, where you will have many friends and family over to visit, so imagine having a garden building constructed, so you can watch your favourite movies, such as Home Alone with your family. You can watch these surround sound in absolute comfort in your garden room built by us at Kingsley.

 

Can you offer us a free quote?

If you know the exact dimensions of the garden building you want constructed, we are sometimes able to offer you a quote over the phone there and then. We have built so many cinema rooms that we are sometimes able to offer you a quote over the phone.

Plus, also we offer to build Bristol luxury summerhouses, with a starting price of just 18k, these buildings are therefore very affordablee

However, if you would like a more bespoke garden room constructed, for example, with air conditioning system, underfloor heating installed, and a luxury bathroom, perhaps you would like decking built as well? In this case we would need to meet you, and offer a quotation.

Garden building in South-West of England

Therefore, whether you wish to have a garden building built to do yoga in every morning or use it occasionally to watch your favourite movie, like Pac Man, we can design a garden building for you quickly anywhere in Bristol.

 

Garden room with a bathroom

 

We build garden buildings that can have a complete bathroom/toilet

Bespoke Garden Room with a Toilet

Our construction company can build a bespoke garden room that can come complete with a bathroom/toilet

Garden rooms with a toilet

A lot of people when they purchase a new garden office or a room, will often start to spend a considerable amount of time in the building.

The building might become their main place to work throughout the week, it could be used as a guest bedroom, alternatively you could just be used as a place to read book on a lazy Sunday afternoon.

Whenever you are going to use the garden building for, it will often make it much more convenient for you, if there is a complete bathroom suite/ toilet added to the building.

 

We now build our buildings throughout the U.K

We build garden rooms complete with toilets across United Kingdom

Some customers may be rather surprised by the amount of construction work that is actually needed to install the toilet, the long running soil pipe and all of the plumbing which goes into installing a working bathroom into a garden room.
However, we have this process down to a fine art, as we have already built many garden rooms that have a bathroom and kitchen area.

 

The groundworks

A customer may have a particularly long garden, therefore often a micro or a mini digger will be needed to lay the trench and to lay the soil pipe, and all the plumbing that is needed to facilitate you having a bathroom suite installed within your garden room.

 

We build garden offices and rooms that can have a complete bathroom installed

 

Some businesses sell what are described as “flat pack panel garden rooms”. These are basically either delivered to your garden, whereby the team walks the insulated panels around the back or they could instead be lifted into your garden via a hi-ab lorry.

Then often within a few days and installation team will arrive and install the building normally within a 48-hour timespan.
Bespoke, tailor made, built the way you like

Our buildings are different, we don’t build flatpack garden rooms, instead they are built 100% bespoke buildings. These do tend to be more expensive, yet, with that said, they are built the way you like, to the dimensions, and the internal layout you like. For example you might want 25% of the building to be a bathroom area, 25% a kitchen and the rest your work area.

 

We can take care of the plumbing and groundworks

We have all of the tradesmen needed to build your garden room in-house, this includes groundworkers because they can lay the soil pipe, install a water supply, install the electrics install plumbing cover the ground pipes and then recover all of these with a layer of soil.

 

Garden Room with a Toilet?

 

Will it cost extra to get a garden room built that has a toilet?

Often yes it will significantly increase the cost of the build of the garden room, if for example, your garden room a is some distance away from your house.

That’s simply because a lot of digging of trenches, laying of the soil pipe, installing a water supply installing all of the electrics, this can be a lot of work, especially if the services, such as the drains are located some quite a distance from the house, this will involve a lot of extra work.

 

Well worth the extra expense

However you do have to think of the added convenience of having a kitchen or bathroom installed within the garden building.

For example, lets say if you’re going to be using your garden office let’s say 50 hours a week, you’re going to want to pay more to have a kitchen and bathroom installed because it simply makes the room more comfortable.

Thankfully we have now built so many restore garden offices and rooms, we have extensive experience of installing kitchens and bathrooms within the building.

Muddy shoes, nobody wants to keep cleaning the carpet every time you run across it with muddy shoes

If you’ve just come off a particularly long work call, that took much longer than expected, and now, well you really need to toilet, you don’t want to go running through the garden during the winter, with muddy shoes, and then walking all of this mud through the house.

So the simple convenience of having a complete bathroom added to your garden room, is well worth the extra expense.

 

Compact bathrooms

If your having a small garden room built, you might think that you won’t be able to install a bathroom. Yet, often, we can install a toilet, and a wash hand basin.

There are actually some really cleverly designed toilets, that actually have the wash hand basin installed directly into the lid, therefore, helping to save even more space.

 

Will you be able to install all of the electrics, such as the towel rail and the electric ventilation?

We most certainly can, whether it’s in their kitchen area or whether it’s in the bathroom, we can install the necessary ventilation needed and all of the electrics needed plus all of the plumbing that you require.

 

Will the bathroom area be too cold to use during the winter months?

What we can actually install is electric oil filled radiators in every room for you, and these can actually be controlled from your smartphone from wherever you are.

So whether your wanting to work do yoga within the room in the morning, you can simply log into the app on your smartphone, switch the heating on, then the room will be nice and warm in a short period of time.

Alternatively if you don’t want the heating to be controlled from your smartphone, you could simply have heating that can be switched on with the flip of a switch.

 

Why choose us to build your garden room complete with a toilet?

Well there are many construction companies in Bristol that offer a broad range of building services.
Sometimes this can range from offering to complete garage conversions, loft conversions, building extensions onto homes and building garden rooms.

One of the reason is why we are often chosen, is we are a specialist garden room company, we also specialise in building energy-efficient garden buildings right across Bristol, and all of the South-West of England.

 

How much does a garden building complete with toilet and bathroom cost?

This very much depends on how much ground work is needed, for example how much plumbing and how much time the electricians will need to complete their work. We can come out and visit your garden anywhere within the city of Bristol, perhaps even as late as 7pm so you have time to have your dinner after work, and we will aim to write back to you with a quote as soon as possible.

Why not call us today to arrange for a free quotation?

Corner Garden Rooms- what are the main benefits of ownership?

 

Introduction

Well-insulated, composite corner garden rooms are becoming increasingly popular throughout Great Britain.

The main reason is that many homeowners have compact and relatively small gardens here in Britain. For example, they might live in an urban built-up area, and the garden might only extend a few metres in either direction.

Therefore, space is at an absolute premium, and every centimetre needs to be carefully designed to get maximum use. You don’t want a gigantic garden room dominating the space.

Corner garden rooms, therefore, are purchased because they can make good use of the room you have available in your garden, and you can use the space innovatively.

Another reason is that these buildings have a small internal area, which can be encapsulated with quality insulation. What this basically means is that it is quick to heat the room and also energy-efficient in order to maintain that heat as well.

Why are corner garden rooms in such strong demand right now throughout the United Kingdom?

One commonly cited reason is that electricity costs have soared in recent years. If you’re, therefore, going to have a large garden building installed, it’s entirely possible that if it’s poorly built or not the correct insulation is used, it will simply leak heat, and this heat will escape from the garden room quickly.

However, a corner garden building that is small and compact, with quality walls, roof, and floor installation added to it, accompanied by double glazing, is much more energy-efficient.

Why is it essential that the corner garden room is well insulated?

So, various companies often state that a layer of insulation will be incorporated into the design and building of their garden rooms. However, this can sometimes be a thin layer of insulating foil, which is often not sufficient. Any insulation will help to retain some heat to a certain extent, but what you want high-performance insulation.

Therefore, when you’re constructing a property extension, there are manufacturers in the United Kingdom and in Ireland that manufacture insulation foam. This foam is thick and has foil backing on both sides, and it is widely used in the construction of new homes.

We think it’s a really high-quality product, which is why we add panel insulation it to our corner garden offices and rooms.

 

Strong and sturdy base

So you might be shopping around online, and you see various companies selling flatpack kits of garden offices and rooms.

However what you do have to consider that if you build this yourself and apply the wooden structure directly into the corner of your garden on top of soil, often what happens is the base of the building will rot fairly quickly.

The base of the building will be sodden with water, which will cause water to ingress into the bottom of the garden room, causing Wood to rot in a short amount of time. If the actual supporting base becomes rotten, the building might become unsafe.

We, therefore, need the garden room company to either install a concrete base which is more expensive in the corner of your garden or sometimes, more often than not, you can use giant screws known as ground screws to support the base.

 

Your corner garden room could also have solar panels added to on the roof.

So, when you’re living in a busy, built-up city, space is often at a premium, and often, everything has to be cleverly thought out, from how to design your kitchen units to fit everything you want in terms of appliances. You also have to be innovative in terms of storage solutions, for example, in the bedroom where you hang your clothes for example.

Therefore, when a corner garden room is built, sometimes it might be, let’s say, south-facing garden , and the roof might attract a lot of sunlight throughout the day.

So rather than just being a roof, it can also be an area that generates green electricity; this could be fed into an electrical inverter, and some customers, if it is installed correctly, can get a deduction from their energy bill, when they start to feed energy back into the National Grid.

Get more use and functionality out of your garden.

Throughout Britain, our gardens often have, let’s say, practically no use by the homeowners during the winter. It’s too cold, its damp, its wet, and often, it’s an area that we don’t want to spend a great deal of time in, say, the months of November, December, and January.

However, when spring and summer months do finally arrive, our gardens often see abundant use by their home owners during weekends and national holidays.

Therefore, you might be looking for an innovative way to incorporate the garden building into a an area of your garden, without the building taking up too much space.

Another reason our vans are crisscrossing the country daily, building quality garden buildings, is simply because people don’t want flatpack construction corner garden room, as often the owner has a lot to do in terms of purchasing the right insulation within the building, thinking about how they get electricity to it, and whether the building will last if constructed to that standard.

People hire us in cities across the United Kingdom to build our corner garden rooms because they know we will take care of everything for them.

Our electricians will install the wiring, the room will be fully insulated, and the room will be built to a good standard.

Composite if you require a low-maintenance building

The vast majority of corner garden rooms are constructed out of softwood, normally because this is the cheaper option. However, we would highly recommend that composite cladding, composite fascia, and aluminium doors are actually incorporated into the building.

This will allow for a low-maintenance building and also be very easy to keep clean.

In regards to wood, actually have to seal the wood potentially every year by varnishing or applying oil to it. If you don’t, then it can quickly decay, discolour, and might actually start to turn black unless it is because of mildew and also because of spores starting to rot the wood.

Less building materials

Many people are rightly worried about their impact on the environment, and when you construct a large garden room, you actually use a lot of building materials to construct it.

Yet a corner garden room is often a fraction of the size of some of these larger wooden buildings. Therefore less than building materials are used, and therefore, this was better for the environment. When you couple this by using composite products such as cladding and fascia boards. These products actually incorporate recycled materials such as plastic waste into their construction.

A corner garden room that is actually environmentally friendly in that it doesn’t take much in terms of building materials to construct it. Some of the building materials can be made from recycled plastics as well.

We can also construct garden room pods and garden office pods.

Some customers do not want a corner garden room, as a triangular design, as this can eat into the internal room within the building.

Some may want a square shape building and still for the dimensions of the building to be compact. We refer to small garden offices, as garden office pods.

The great thing about these is that they can be built at a low cost, with a starting price of just £18,000 within the reach of most homeowners.

We travel up and down the country daily to build these garden office pods because they allow us to obtain many homwowners to obtain an extra room, to play musical instruments, sit, and read a book, and they can be very affordable.

 

Easier to keep warm

Many people will have seen an increase in their energy prices, that is for the monthly cost of their electricity and gas prices.

Therefore, the thought of purchasing a freestanding building in a garden that also needs extra heating let’s say nine to 5, each day of the week, a lot of people will be rightly concerned about the running costs of such a garden building.

There’s no two ways about it: getting a freestanding garden building in your garden will increase your energy prices. This is why it is imperative that whatever garden room company constructs the building, that they use quality insulation throughout the building.

A corner garden office / room

Would you like a luxurious corner garden room built?

We are now taking orders from customers throughout the United Kingdom to construct corner garden offices and rooms.

We offer very competitive prices, and we have a full-time friendly sales team, who can answer any questions that you might have.

 

 

We now build garden music studios.

 

Introduction

Our garden room company now builds garden music studios nationwide. Whether you’re an artist or perhaps just like listening to music, why not call?

We have a team of builders who travel throughout the country building these bespoke buildings. Therefore, we do not construct flat-pack music studios using insulated panels. Instead, the whole structure is built to be tailor-made to the dimensions you want.

We understand, especially for DJs and artists, that vast amounts of time can be spent in these rooms recording new tracks, listening back, and editing tracks.

Therefore, we can add side kitchen areas within these buildings, which are perfect for making coffee and snacks. We can also add a complete bathroom if you would like this added. Our ground workers can, therefore, add all of the drainage.

 

Garden music studios

Starting prices start from just 18k, and that’s without soundproofing. However, our builders can add soundproofing for you at an additional cost when they assemble the construction.

Can you install the soundproofing? Which brands do you use?

Often, our customers specify which brand of soundproofing they want, and we can order and install that for them. If your garden music studio is close to neighbouring properties, it’s essential that the building is built correctly and uses top-quality soundproofing. Also, it needs to be sound tested after construction to measure how much noise escapes.

Can the garden music studios that you build be used all year round?

It’s true that some garden studios built by other companies can sometimes need to be better insulated. This means they will often be too hot or cold to work in.

Therefore, ample insulation must be added to the building, not just on the side walls but also the roof.

Then we recommend that an A/C unit be added and electric heaters be added as well.

 

How long does it take you to build a garden music studio?

Generally, these buildings are often completed in less than three weeks in Bristol. For example, if plumbing needs to be added for a kitchen or bathroom, more complicated buildings will increase the cost and the timeframe for us to complete the building. Generally, all buildings are built in less than four weeks. However, this does not include the time needed to obtain planning permission.

 

Which areas do you build these buildings in?

Our garden music studios are routinely being built in Bristol because so many artists in this area require such a building. We often get highly recommended from one musician to another; therefore, much of our work in the Bristol area now comes via recommendations.

 

Are the garden music studios insulated?

Yes, prices do differ. However, we can offer sheep’s wool, panel insulation boards, or fibreglass, the last option you may know as rock wool insulation.

We can offer all of these options; it’s essential that whichever garden room company you hire, vast amounts of insulation are used. If the insulation is too thin, the room will be costly to heat. Still, the temperature fluctuations are likely to be very large, as the heat will escape in seconds if a music room is not correctly insulated.

 

Have you built many of these buildings?

We have built many insulated garden bars, gyms, and music studios.

We have full-time designers who can work with you closely to ensure you get your perfect music studio built. With our electricians working for us in-house, we can install the main armoured cables and fully install all the sockets and lighting for you.

Therefore, we offer the complete solution for when you need a music room built. We build these buildings right across South West England. If it’s quite basic construction, we can often offer you a quote over the phone or via e-mail.

Call our sales line today:

We have a dedicated sales line open six days a week. Our friendly team can answer any question you might have.

Prices for a garden music room start from just 18k.

 

What are the different stages of constructing an insulated summerhouse?

 

Introduction

Summer is just around the corner here in Bristol, and the green shoots of growth are pushing through in the garden. This means many of us will wander into our gardens and plan how to improve the space for the following months.
That could be through decking, fencing a new summerhouse or all of these.

You might start to think about British garden parties and spending time with family and friends laughing in the garden.

Then we also think that the weather is very unpredictable here in Britain; one moment, its sunny and glorious, and the next, it could be wet and drizzly. It is causing people to run with a cake back into the house for shelter.

Insulated summerhouses

This is why many people are asking us to build a large, insulated summerhouse large enough to comfortable house their friends and family. Even if the weather turns stormy, windy, and wet outside, you can simply walk into your new garden building and continue the party in their insulated summerhouse.

 

Has your company already built many summerhouses in Bristol and in South West England?

Yes, we are a massively popular summerhouse company throughout the South West of England.
You might have seen us working on your street?
The reason why we are so popular boils down to 2 main factors: often, our quotes are massively competitive and, therefore, our summerhouse company offers more affordable than some of our direct competitors.

When you look at the breakdown of that quote, you will see that our buildings are also well-engineered, well-built, and built using high quality building materials.

Building Bristol summerhouses

Therefore, you may own a relatively small courtyard garden in Bristol Clifton? Alternatively, you could own a mansion in Chew Magna, and you may own acres of land and require a vast, impressive, well-constructed garden building built? This is where we can help.

Therefore, we can build an exquisite-quality garden room regardless of the type of property or garden.
Brilliant ideas

We can pop out and meet you with a nice cup of tea, perhaps over a cup of earl grey, which is our favourite; we could offer you some design tips, ideas, and food for thought on how you may want your summerhouse built?

Some of our customers are pleasantly surprised by our ideas, such as for example we can add solar panels to help mitigate the building’s electricity running costs.

Built superfast

When you approve our quote, you will be most likely eager and excited to work to start, so you can be in your garden room, reading a magazine or perhaps enjoying a bottle of wine in it, in just a few weeks time.

Therefore, we can build the whole building quickly because, unlike some summerhouse companies, which ask the customer to find the electrician or phone around with the plumber, we have all of the tradespeople in-house.

Highly experienced tradesmen

We have highly experienced tradespeople who are massively knowledgeable and experts at what they do.
Therefore, we have electricians. We also have several highly skilled and talented carpenters and roofers. The rate at which our builders who when constructing a summerhouse is phenomenal.

Therefore, as you come home from work each day with your shopping bags on the kitchen table, you will look out the window and be pleasantly surprised by our progress in each day of building your summerhouse. We work fast and extremely hard.

Insulated garden rooms starting from £18,000

With a starting price of just £18,000, this is why our Bristol garden rooms are so popular. You could use the space during the day to work, so the building could be used as a garden office, and on the weekends, an alternative purpose might be to store your exercise bike in it and use the room to workout.

What types of bases / foundations do you offer?

This is an excellent question because some summerhouses are flatpack, and the customer constructs them themselves in their garden.

The ground can then start to move under the weight of the building and its occupants walking around it. This could cause the summerhouse to break up and become damaged.

Therefore, you need solid foundations, we would recommend ground screws, or concrete is used.

We can chat when we meet and have a nice cup of tea with you. You can discuss whether we think ground screws or perhaps a concrete base would be the best option for the garden.

In either case, we have quality excavators, also commonly referred to as many diggers, which can be used to build the foundations of the building.

 

South-West England garden rooms

In South West England, there is splendid scenery, fantastic woodland, miles ofmeadows, and meandering streams that are around many homes in this area of Britain.
Therefore, you might want to sit in your summerhouse built by us and enjoy a nice pot of tea while also taking in the views surrounding your property in South West England.

 

South-West England and beyond
We, therefore, build quality garden buildings in South West England, and if you would like a garden bar, garden office or perhaps just a summerhouse where you can do the ironing, we can build this building for you.

 

How do you insulate summerhouses?

This is another brilliant question because a summerhouse can look fantastic from the outside.
However, it could be cold inside in the winter, so it is much use as a chocolate teapot.

Instead, we build insulated summerhouses; they are more expensive to buy because the insulation is quite expensive for us to purchase from builder’s merchants these days.

These are the different ways we can insulate your summerhouse so that you are snug as a bug on a rug.

 

Sheep’s wool

Sheeps wool can be used for a vast range of different purposes. It is a one hundred per cent natural product, so they could be used to make a nice jumper. Alternatively, companies in the United Kingdom make this product into an insulation as well, so that we can cram it into the walls of your summerhouse, making it lovely and warm, so you will feel as snug as above on a rug.

Panel installation (we use this method of summerhouse insulation the most)

We can also hand-cut the panel insulation, with a handsaw and install it into every nook and cranny of your garden building. This innovative product has a foil / reflective outer skin and a foam centre.

This is fantastic for insulation and can help keep you nice and cosy while working in the summerhouse during the winter months.

 

Fibreglass

This is another insulation option, but we don’t tend to use it that often unless the customer specifies that they want fibreglass placed in the walls and ceiling.

It is a pretty cost-effective solution. However, we prefer to use panel installation where possible.

 

How long will it take you to build my summerhouse from start to finish?

Quite often, with some companies, you must wait some time before they can start the construction work.
As you can imagine, a lot of these buildings are mostly built in the summer and spring. So a lot of the workload comes all at once, and therefore, the summerhouse companies have to book you into their diary, and you might have to wait, let’s say, three months before they can even get to you.

Our business is different. We now have a large, hard-working staff in Bristol, and they can build your summerhouse. Sometimes, our estimator will pop out in our van on a Friday afternoon and they may well be able to get builders to you by the following Monday morning.

Once they have approved the quotation, they sometimes ask us to start work immediately.

So, therefore, we are sometimes able to start straightaway building the garden building.

Quality insulated garden buildings built in the South West

Bristol has hundreds of different garden-building companies for you to which to choose from. You have most likely seen our Volkwagen vans driving around, working in your street or perhaps just parked on a busy road in Bristol where we are working?

Our prices are very competitive. Indeed, the starting price of £18,000 which is much lower than many of our direct competitors within the city of Bristol.
This allows many homeowners to purchase a garden room from us, where they might have thought that such a purchase was simply out of their reach and unaffordable.

We can also offer hundreds of different options, allowing our customers to customise their building how they see fit. Some may want solar panels on the roof to help mitigate the running costs of the electricity?

Others might want a substantial decked area with glass railings so they can have a party and their friends can stand out on an elevated decking and admire the views that may surround their property.

 

Built to last

Whether it’s a garden room built for 18k or 70k or an inside lavatory, you will obtain a building that is built to last using very high-quality materials.

So why not book a quote with us today?

 

What are the main advantages of owning a Bristol garden office?

 

Bristol garden offices

 

Garden buildings have been around for a very long time. However, ever since more people have started working from home more often, they often require an extra room and a room they can use throughout the entire year.

Now, the thought of working in a building made of breezeblocks and resembling a car garage is not very appealing because the building’s designed for you to spend much time within in working.

However, ever since modern insulation and large glazed bi-folding doors have been popular in construction, more and more people now want a garden room that incorporates these features.

 

A garden office can therefore offer:

– A light and airy room to work
– Well insulated so easy to keep warm
– Can be designed for comfort, so for example, its easy to add an air conditioning unit

 

Working from home

More employers are now asking their employees to work from home, and many British employers recognise that their employees want the freedom to work from home the hours they want.

Also, that employer hasn’t got to offer to rent an expensive office block, say in the centre of Bristol, because more of the employees will be working from home.

 

Less commuting, less time wasted, better for the environment

Therefore, employees can work the hours they want to from home.

They don’t have to go throughwasting time commuting to and from an office.

This means that garden offices have become extremely popular. On most streets throughout glorious Bristol, people work away like busy bees in their garden offices each day.

And with many of these Bristol garden offices will have been built by Kingsley.

 

We build quality garden buildings

This is why many people come to us- we build quality.

You don’t want the cheap wooden summerhouse, which is drafty and whiffs of mould as you walk into it.
Customers don’t want a plastic bucket in the centre of the room, with water slowly dripping into it because they have selected the wrong company to build their garden building!

Instead, they want a construction company that understands modern construction techniques, using quality timber, rubber roofs and quality glazing to build a long-lasting building- that’s why so many people hire us.

This is why our phone is constantly busy in Bristol, with people ringing asking us to build a garden room for them.

Fresh air

A lot of us like to retreat into the country, while on holiday to soak in the ambience of the birds singing and the lovely greenery that surrounds us.

Often, we come back feeling more vibrant, better, and more awake because we have rested and become at one with nature.

Now, this is why we think garden buildings are so massively popular in Bristol.

The thought of jusmping on sweaty bus and driving into the city centre to work in a stuffy office block is not for everyone.

The vast majority of us don’t like this. We prefer a lovely herbal tea while strolling down our garden and starting work in our garden office.

This is why so many people have hired us to build their Bristol garden offices: They know we can offer high-quality garden room in short amount of time, allowing them to work in their garden.

 

Built superfast

It’s like ordering something online; we don’t want to waste a long time getting our hands on it, we want it delivered quickly.
If you’ve ordered a new smartphone, you might want to obtain it the next day because your previous one might have accidentally been smashed or dropped down the toilet!

This is a bit like a garden office. You may might have decided to work in your garden this summer. You want to smell the smell of freshly cut lawns as you answer all of those work e-mails from your customers.

You will want to hire a building company that can build the entire building really quickly; that’s why so many people hire us.

We build most of our Bristol garden buildings, in less than 3 weeks from start to completion.

 

Could help to make your home more saleable

Picture this: say theres three properties on the same street of similar construction and the same number of bedrooms all listed on RightMove.

Yet your house, it has had the well-built garden building constructed by us, and then a prospective buyer might pop along into your garden and see the large garden office built by us.

They may say well, I work from home; that garden room would make a fabulous place for me to do my Excel spreadsheet, write my emails and take work calls.

So having a garden building built, sure it is a large expanse, no two ways about it, but when it comes to selling a property, and somebody wanders out and spots that you have invested in a quality garden building, they may want to work within that room that we have built.

Therefore, this could make the property you’re trying to sell more saleable in some circumstances.

 

Would you like a garden office built this summer 2024?

Our calendar is filling up quickly, within many people want garden bars so that they can go down to the end of the garden and enjoy a nice, refreshing pint with their friends.

Our calendar is filling up with people who want a garden office constructed in Bath and Bristol.

Our calendar is filling up with people who want to improve their fitness. You might find garden gyms constructed; they can improve their fitness.

If you would like a Bristol garden room built, do call us today.

 

Call us today:

Garden room/games room ideas

 

When when you walk into some high-quality coffee shops, bars and bistro restaurants, these venues often offer play board games or read a book, which becomes a sanctuary away from the hustle and bustle of Bristol’s busy city and fast-paced city life.

This is also the case for some restaurants and some pubs; there are many games that you can play to enjoy spending time with your friends.
In many pubs, many bars now have arcade machines, so you can play Pac-Man while enjoying a pint.

 

Games room

Therefore, many people are asking us to build a garden room to become a place to socialise, read books, and unwind.

 

Our garden buildings be used in all weathers

 

One of the most commonly asked questions that customers ask us on the phone when they initially want a garden bar, garden room, or garden office built could be used all year round or not?

The simple answer is yes; some summerhouses can’t be used all year round, which are supplied by some other companies. However, ours can.

This is because some buildings, supplied by some other companies are just made from thin OSB board with very thin cladding on the outside.

This basically means that there is no wall insulation, in some summerhouses so it can be absolutely freezing inside the building.

The downside to no insulation, is not just that it’s absolutely freezing in the building during the winter months.

This is why so many people call us here at Kingsley Build, to have a garden office or building constructed by our company because we can add a large amount of wall insulation.

 

 

Built to the exact measurements that you specify

There are numerous businesses sell flatpack or do-it-yourself summerhouses.

One disadvantage of purchasing a flatpack summerhouse is that you often can’t specify the size of the building. That’s because often the building is premade and only comes in a set size.

 

Bespoke garden buildings Bristol

Our buildings are very different, that’s because they are tailor made, we can measure your garden, precisely the length and width of the building you want built.

Then we can build the garden room to the exact size you would like.

Games room

Many people like that they will have a garden room built, so they can use it on a regular basis, yet before that might have been a space in their garden that they might not use that much at all.

Currently, in that space might just be a couple of old mountain bikes and perhaps a rickety wooden wooden shed might be in that garden area.

We can throw all of this in the skip for you, and in its place, build a large garden room.

What is your games room often used for?

Cinema room

Increasingly, more and more people want insulated, heated, and air-conditioned buildings constructed in the garden so that they can use the room as a cinema rooms. They want somewhere to enjoy watching a film, perhaps to watch Mission

Impossible featuring a Tom Cruise and a brilliant movie. I’m unsure if you will agree.

Therefore, many people in South West England call us every week, wanting a cinema room built.

A cinema room used to be for the rich and famous who owned mansions, but now you can install a cinema room within your garden at an affordable price.

Xbox and PlayStation room

Many people want a room built to play their PlayStation or Xbox within, so they might wish to have a massivetelevision installed in the room.

They may want a comfortable sofa with a reclining feature so they can play computer games comfortably in the games room.

 

Bar area

As most people know, the price of various gins, real ales and craft lagers has shot through the roof.
You might even pay, let’s say, 6 pounds or more per pint at your local pub. This has got a lot of people asking us in the South West of England to build a garden pub. We can construct a large building

Sky Sports

Many people within Bristol like watching live sporting events, such as the boxing on pay-per-view or rugby or football matches.

Therefore, you will want a huge garden room, fitted with a large television screen; maybe you’d like a nice, good-quality refrigerator full of cans of beer to have your friends over and watch a live sporting event within your garden bar.

 

Snooker table / pool table

Many people like to unwind with a nice, refreshing pint, chatting to their mates while playing snooker.
We can therefore build you a huge, air-conditioned garden bar, and we can help you install the snooker table within the building prior to installing the bi-folding doors.

Bristol summerhouses

If you want a summerhouse built, why not give us a ring today?

Why so many people are buying Bristol summerhouses from us

 

Introduction

It’s that time of year when a lot of us are walking out into our gardens, and you might be thinking of various ways you could improve the garden. Perhaps it’s through a new fence or new decking, or maybe you want a summerhouse built.

With our years of experience and expertise, we are a brand that springs to mind when someone needs a Bristol summer house built, is Kingsley. We have now constructed so many of these wooden buildings that we may have built many of these buildings in Bristol. They start from just 18k, so they offer fantastic value for money.

 

Quality offered at affordable prices

Our buildings are super high quality; we only buy top-quality roofing, windows and doors, so when you choose Kingsley to build your summer house, you will buy a top-quality building.

It can be used all year round.

Another reason why so many homeowners call us every day for us to build a summer house is because some buildings are not insulated. There’s no insulation in some garden buildings’ walls, which means they can be super cold in the winter.

It is so cold that you can’t work it, or if you have to work in it, it would cost so much to heat the room because the heaters would have to be on constantly. However, our insulated, luxury summerhouses are different. They are well insulted, but they are nice and cosy to be in in the winter because they can be heated up so quickly using electric heaters, which we can install for you when you sit in your summerhouse built by us, it’s very comfortable because it’s insulated.

We can install the electrics.

We have electricians in Bristol ready to fit the lighting, plug sockets, and dimmer switches and install them for you. Therefore, you don’t have to find an electrician yourself, as we have electricians working for us.

Nice big windows

A lot of our customers want super large windows fitted into the summer house, and we can do that for you. We fit the floor to the ceiling and have large windows, so you look out over the lawn when working in your garden office. Plus, because the windows are so large, its lovely, light, and airy in the building.

Air-conditioned

We can install a super high-quality air conditioning system in the building, so you can make it nice and cool even on the warmest of summer days in Bristol.

So, in the winter months, when Jack Frost is making everything cold, you can switch on the heating.
When it’s super warm outside, and you’re enjoying a lovely ice cream, you can switch on the air conditioning, and the room will be nice and cool. Therefore, our summer houses can be used throughout the different seasons.

 

Built super fast

Our buildings can be built fast. When you come home from work after a long day at the office, you will look out the garden and be impressed by the progress being made. We have hardworking roofers, hardworking carpenters, and hardworking electricians who can all build the building super fast for you.

We cover the whole of Bristol

You may have seen us working on your street or one of our vans in the city of Bristol. That’s because we build so many luxury summer houses throughout the year. Some companies may only build these wooden buildings in the summer; however, our super hardworking team is out in all weathers, right throughout the different seasons, building our luxury summer houses.
We also build luxury summerhouses.

You might want a bathroom, solar panels on the roof, or us to install top-quality speakers. Whatever you want, we can build it for you.

We are well known for building luxury summer houses.

Garden Room Bar

 

Introduction

The summer is fast approaching here in Great Britain, which means that a lot of households across the UK will be having garden parties with their friends and family coming over to enjoy a nice refreshing drink.

And What could enhance your summer even more is having a garden bar where you could pour some refreshing drinks and enjoy the sunshine.

Perhaps to also use the garden room bar to have your friends over to watch the football?

Perhaps it will be used as a gin bar, with the room stuffed with gins from around the world?

Perhaps it will be used as a comfortable English style pub, where your friends can come over, sipping on quality ales made in the great South West of England.

Have you tried Bath Ales? Simply amazing, great way to spend a nice quite unwinding day in the garden over the weekend.

Can you build a garden room bar in Bristol?

We most certainly can. We are able to build a building of any size that you would like. It could also come in any shape that you like. For example, to make better use of the space you have available within your garden, why not consider getting a corner garden room or perhaps a rectangular-shaped building?

All our Bristol garden buildings, will always be fully insulated.

We can incorporate any features you would like, such as a bathroom or high-quality sound system, into the ceiling?

Bose make amazing quality speakers, why not have our highly skilled electricians fit these into the celiling of the garden bar? It would enhance the sound while watching the Bath rubgy team play on the television.

Or perhaps your favourite football team

Imagine watching England playing on a huge screen within your garden bar?

 

Why should we choose your company?

You might have seen one of our many vans driving around the city because our company is in strong demand come summer, spring or winter. Every week, we build a wide range of garden buildings which are used for a wide range of purposes, from garden bars, or perhaps a place where you can work 9 to 5 five days a week?

Are you able to build the wooden bar for us?

We most certainly can build the bar for you as well; we have carpenters in-house and can build bar at the length and height you would like.

We require a garden building complete with a toilet, can you build this?

We most certainly can take care of this for you.

We can bring a mini excavator into your garden and dig the trenches so that we can lay the soil pipe.

We can also connect the water supply and plumbing to your bathroom items, such as toilets, and wash-hand basins.

We require speakers to be put into the ceiling and LED lighting. Can you arrange this?

Yes, we can install quality speakers into the ceiling for you at an additional price. A lot of people like very high-quality sound systems installed into a garden bar. This is so can play their favourite music when their friends and family come over for a party.

 

What is your starting price for a garden room bar?

Prices start at £18,000 for a basic garden room, yet we can design a garden room any way you like, and the price increases accordingly.

For example, you might want a bathroom area installed, you might wish to add solar panels to the roof, and an elevated area made out of composite decking and glass railings? We can build all of this for you.

We, therefore, build what is called a “bespoke garden rooms”. We can have a chat with you and have a cup of tea, while we discuss how you would like garden office or garden room to be built.

We then go back to the office and start calculating the costs. Once we’ve calculated the price to build the garden bar, we aim to get back to you as soon as we can, so we can offer you a free quotation.

Often, we can offer a full quote only a few days after we meet you.

Sometimes, it might take a bit longer as we need to go to our suppliers and ensure that we have the most up-to-date costs written in, such as the cost for us to supply and fit solar panels, aluminium bi-folding doors, or perhaps a kitchen you want added to the building?

 

How long do these take to build?

Generally, our buildings take less than three weeks to build, depending on how intricate the building is. If it’s a pretty complicated build with solar panels on the roof, bi-folding doors, and complete bathroom, plus decking, building such a garden room in Bristol could take a bit longer.

 

Would you like a free and no-obligation quotation?

Wouldn’t this summer just be so much better if had a garden bar built in your garden.

Many residents within the great city of Bristol are calling us to get garden bars constructed.

We offer very fair prices and build our garden bars very quickly, so why not give us a ring?

 

Do you work from home?

Written by: Kingsley Hyden Jones
Date: 02/04/2024

Why our garden offices offer the perfect solution if you work from home in Bristol

 

More and more people have ditched the 9-5 working within a large office block in the city centre. Gone are the days when many of us had to catch the train or bus to work every day. For employers, having the workforce work from home can save costs. For the employee, there’s no being crammed into a hot bus; instead, they work from home.

 

However, having free room/ space is a problem.

Let’s take Clifton in Bristol just as an example. Look at how much the price increases for a three-bedroom house compared to a four-bedroom home. The price increase is often significant, and people understandably don’t want to remortgage with interest rates the way they are. Yet your garden might only be a small garden, but you might have enough space to build a garden office.

 

Even if you have a small garden, we can sometimes still build a garden office.

You might live in, let’s say, a Victorian house in Clifton, and the garden is not that large; you can’t even swing a cat. Yet often, our clever garden room designers can come out and see if we can build a compact garden room for you. It might mean clearing away a garden shed or demolishing an old greenhouse you no longer use.

Yet in its place, you can build a garden office, somewhere that you might want to work throughout the week. The building will be well-built and insulated. Solar panels can even be fitted to the roof if you wish to have these added.

Less commuting

Bristol is now a clean-air zone, meaning that the residents of Bristol may have seen fewer vehicles on their streets than before. Yet, even if there’s less traffic on the road, it might take 30 minutes to get to Aztec West or an office in Cabot Circus. So what you need to do is think about getting a garden office building that’s fully air-conditioned and heated, insulated, that you can use throughout the year.

 

We can build a bespoke garden office.

You might have an apparent idea of how you want your garden room to look. You may know the type of doors you want, and you might see the cladding you wish to, but you only know the shape and size of the building. You might wish to have a rectangular garden room with an ultra-strong roof that you can sit on. We can build any Bristol garden building; we have been building garden buildings for a very long time. We are an established garden room company.

Could have made your home more appealing to a buyer

Put yourself in a property buyer’s shoes. Let’s say a couple is looking to buy a house in Bristol. Let’s look at a street with three similar properties, all around the same price, the same length of garden, similar houses, and the same number of bedrooms.

Yet there’s one house that has a garden office out the back. It’s clear it’s been well-built. It has good-quality insulation, windows, and doors.

It’s an alarm. It has decking to sit out and soak up the sun in the summer months. Let’s say one of the couple works from home. They are going to think brilliantly, and I can work there. It’s a nice and quiet place to work.

So, out of all those properties for sale in Bristol, the couple looking to buy a house might want to buy the house with a built garden office. So, we would say that as long as the building is constructed to a good standard, a garden room could sometimes make your house more saleable.

An excellent place to work

A garden office can make a great place to work; you could have French wooden doors open while you work on your Apple laptop. You could also have substantial double-glazed windows, letting light flood the room. Our highly skilled roofers could also add a roof light to allow even more light into the room. Our garden offices are fantastic places to work.

 

Eco-friendly

Why so many residents in Bristol call us is because we build solid, insulated, high-quality garden rooms that are also eco-friendly. That’s because they are made using FSC-approved wood; we can use a rubber roof, which means the building lasts longer; we also highly recommend that the whole outside of the garden office is clad with British high-quality composite cladding, as composite cladding can be made from recycled wood and plastics sometimes.

 

Call us for a free quote for us to build a garden office.

We can build a garden office anywhere in the city of Bath, and we also make many garden buildings, ranging from gin bars to garden offices in Bristol. Starting prices start at 18k; our accommodating director, Kingsley Hyden Jones, is on hand to answer any questions. Call or e-mail our super-friendly sales team; you can help and explain all the doors, cladding, and roof options our garden room company can offer you.

 

Can you use a garden room as an office?

 

Date: 01/04/2024

Written by: Kingsley Hyden Jones

 

Bristol is an area with many entrepreneurs, start-up businesses, and those who have ditched the 9-5 and the dreaded commute to work and opted for hybrid working. However, with that said, we all need a space to get work done.

So what is the solution?

Many people automatically think of calling a builder to get a loft conversion, yet when you hear the ballpark figures being discussed over the phone, you often need a sit-down, as the prices can be high.

This is where garden offices come into their own

Kinglsey Build is a well-known construction company in the South West of glorious England. We have built many a garden office, ranging from the “garden office pod” with a starting price of just 18k to your more luxurious options, which can have a bathroom and one of those fancy hand dryers made by Dyson.

Table of contents:

  • Can a garden building be used as a garden office?
  • What are the main benefits of hiring your construction company to build a garden office for us?
  • Are you looking for a business that builds garden offices in the city of Bristol? Look no further than Kingsley.

 

Bright, airy and warm inside, it is a great place to get your work done

Who’s worked in an office, and the working environment has been less than inspiring?

 

Well, most of us have all worked in stuffy high-rise offices, dimly lit under fluorescent lighting, the same you would use to illuminate an old 1970s concrete car park. It’s just a rubbish place to sit and get work done.

So, a garden office is your blank canvas, where you can design it around you. It has giant floor-to-ceiling doors, known as bi-folding doors.

You can have a thin rectangular window just above your desk, so you can work and look out over the garden, the flowers, and the birds swooping in to gobble down those digestive biscuits you have just crushed up for them.

So, a garden office is more than just a wooden building plonked in your garden; it’s your perfect opportunity to get creative and design it the way you want. Our highly skilled designers in Bristol can also create a set of 3D drawings so you can see what your garden office will look like before our team of builders builds it.

 

How much does a garden office pod cost to build?

Our garden office pods start from just 18k. This also includes a long-lasting rubber roof.

How much does a typical garden office cost to build?

Prices normally vary between 25k and 35k—more luxurious options, such as solar panels, cost more.

 

How much does a garden room complete with a toilet cost to build?

Prices start from 35k and increase depending on how you want the garden office built. These garden offices cost more because often there’s much more ground work that needs to be done.

 

How much does a garden office split in half with the other side a garden gym cost to build?

Large garden rooms cost between 30k and 50k to build. The price can also be higher if you want, for example, a bathroom added.

 

How much does it cost to add solar panels to the roof?

We would need to come and meet with you to discuss how large the roof area is going to be and how many solar panels the roof can accommodate, and then we can offer you a quote.

Can a garden room be used as an office?

It most certainly can be; most of our garden buildings are garden offices. We are often hired as the garden room company of choice because our buildings are robust, friendly, and warm in winter once the heating is on. Plus, we offer options such as solar panels on the roof.

 

Heating and insulation

So, companies will always offer log cabins, summerhouses, and garden rooms at rock-bottom prices. Yet sometimes, these buildings are used as much as a chocolate teapot in the wintertime; there’s likely to be some unhappy faces inside as the cold drafts of air blow in from every angle. That’s why you need to get on the phone with us instead; if you live in the brilliant city of Bristol and you want a garden office built, here’s why you should call us:

Warm and cosy

Our builders will hand-cut the insulation and place it on the floor, the roof, and the side walls. This way, the building will be nice and warm come winter. This is important because the vast majority of garden buildings in Bristol and also in the great, fantastic city of Bath, England, are built in the middle of, say, June, July, and August. Now, it’s nice and warm, birds are singing, and everyone’s enjoying Pimms on the lawn in a deckchair.

However, sadly, hundreds of thousands of people in the U.K. every year quickly learn in, say, December, when it’s mighty cold outside, that they have hired the wrong summerhouse company when they are cold inside the building. So, hire a company that builds ultra-warm, cosy, easy-to-heat-up garden offices; that’s our company.

 

Are you looking for a garden room office in Bristol?

 

Why not give us a call

We have an amiable and helpful sales team. They are waiting for your call, during which they can advise you on costs and answer any questions. If you wish, we can spend 30 minutes in your garden chatting and advising you, and often there, we can offer you a few cost options. That’s why we are from Fishponds, over the heights of Great Clifton, near the fantastic Clifton suspension bridge, so why not give us a call today?

 

Garden room companies that are in Bristol England

We are a garden room company that can build quality garden offices anywhere in the city of Bristol. Our garden offices start from just 18k.

Bespoke garden rooms complete with a toilet

 

Bespoke garden rooms complete with a toilet/bathroom

 

Are you able to build a garden room complete with a toilet?

We can most definitely can build a garden room, complete with a toilet or if you prefer a full bathroom suite.

Some companies lift the garden room into the garden with a giant crane, and sure, there is a bathroom sometimes already installed within the building. However, the bathroom is often not connected to the electricity supply, water, or drainage. Our company is different because we have ground workers, plumbers, and electricians to connect everything for you, so the toilet and shower can be used as soon as we finish building the garden room.

 

Are you able to build energy-efficient garden offices and rooms?

This is a question that we are now frequently asked all of time, and that’s because energy prices have gone through the roof.
We are all now all paying more for our electricity and gas than we were, say, just a few years ago.

Therefore, when somebody is purchasing a garden office they might spend some time considering if the whole building is energy-efficient or not.

What’s great about choosing Kingsley is that we build very energy-efficient buildings. Some of our customers have commented on how quickly the buildings heat up, how energy-efficient they are, and how pleased they are that they have chosen our garden room company to build the whole building for them.

 

Nationwide

We are now building our garden offices and rooms right across the UK. Our garden rooms are in strong demand because we can offer a starting price of just £18,000- so often we offer a cheaper starting price for our garden buildings than what some other companies offer. As word-of-mouth has spread right across Bristol, that we build quality buildings at low prices, plus we can install a toilet and bathroom at an additional cost, this is why our company is now so popular not just in S.W England but we now building our garden buildings nationwide.

 

Double-glazed, quality insulation, underfloor heating

We know you will want to use your garden office right throughout the year, whether its nice and warm outside, or whether everything is completely covered in frost.

That’s why many people hire us, to build their garden office, because we can fit double glazing, we can install quality underfloor heating, and we can install insulation for you. This makes our buildings very cosy, and it also makes them a pice of cake to heat.

 

Garden room complete with toilet

So let’s say that you have just gone off the call with a client, the call took much longer than you had wanted, and now you need the toilet urgently!

You will not want to run across the grass and through the house with muddy shoes, as this will all get over the carpet and cause a mess.

This is why having a toilet installed within your garden office is, well essential. However, some garden room companies charge a lot to install a bathroom- so much so, it might put off the customer from having a toilet installed. However, we offer very fair prices. Whether you want a toilet, wash hand basin, or a complete bathroom suite.

For example, if the garden building is going to be used as home gym, you might want a shower added, so you can have a refreshing shower after your workout?

 

How much does it cost to build a garden office with a toilet?

Our garden rooms are bespoke, meaning they are all different sizes and have many different designs.

For example, some customers might want hardwood cladding (oak for example), others wish for composite cladding as its very low maintenance, some other customers want softwood cladding such as nice pine cladding, or “thermowood”- this is low cost option.

Oak cladding is substantially more expensive than softwood such as pine, so depending on which exterior cladding option you choose, can substantially alter the price.

So first things first, one of our sales team will need to come out and ascertain exactly how you would like the garden building to look- would you like for example French doors, or bi-folding doors?. Then we can offer you a free quotation.

 

Is it worth having a toilet installed in a garden room?

Many customers think for quite a while whether they want to spend more on having a toilet installed within their garden office or not.

But we often ask customers how long do they plan of spending in the garden room each day? If it’s just a few hours on the weekends, then we would say it’s probably not worth installing a toilet as it can increase the cost of the build quite a lot.

However, if you can use the office as your principal place of work, 9 to 5, Monday to Friday, then we would say then most definitely worth installing a toilet.

However, to have a toilet installed, often a deep trench will often be dug within your garden. This can mean that the mini digger needs to dig up part of the garden to lay the soil pipe and water pipes.

What makes us here at Kingsley different from other garden room companies, is that we can do this work ourselves. Some other builders, ask the customer, to hire separate companies to do this work, such as ground workers, electricians, plumbers. But we have all of these tradesmen in-house so that we can do all this work for you.

 

Bristol

Our builders are out every day of the week working to build garden offices right across the city of Bristol.

We have already built many garden offices and rooms with a toilet and bathroom inside. If you would like a free quote, then contact us.

 

Garden offices- what are the main benefits of owning one?

 

 

Garden Office Pods

So, we think the main benefit of owning a garden office is that you can save on commuting costs. As we all know, running a car or using the train isn’t cheap these days. Then, the bonus of owning a garden office is that you can look out over your garden while looking, whether your lawn or your plants; working in a garden office is a nice place to work.

Author: Ryan Walsh
Date: 12/03/2024

When you look at many job advertisements these days, they offer either the option of working from home entirely or hybrid working. Often, many employers in Cabot Circus Bristol have seen that they can reduce their operating expenses by not having to rent huge offices and instead having some of their staff work from home. This is why our phone is regularly receiving calls from more and more homeowners asking us to build quality and affordable garden buildings.

This is so the Bristol resident can work in complete comfort in one of our nice, insulated, well-built garden rooms.

We all feel much better after a walk in the countryside, right?

On the weekends many of us like to walk in the countryside, or woodland, perhaps with our dogs?

Often, we find this unwinding, and it makes us feel good. Therefore, many workers dislike working in high-rise concrete office blocks with stuffy air and poor lighting. This is another reason so many garden offices, literally hundreds, are built every week in the southwest of England: people want to work in their gardens. Looking over the scenery, whether it is a river, fields or woodland view, it can offer a nice place to work from 9 to 5 each week.

Fresh air

Just think: during the summer, you can either fully or partially fold back the bi-folding doors. Then, when you’re working in your garden office, and the lovely summer breeze is coming into the office, you can enjoy the fresh air and the smell of freshly cut grass. Therefore, a massive benefit of owning a garden office is that you have giant, huge windows allowing a lot of light to flood the room. Plus, you can have nice, fresh air as well.

 

Stroll around your garden.

We office workers all know it is good to take a break, walk, and stretch our legs, which is good for our health. Because if we work too long on a computer, our eyes can get strained, so it’s a good idea to get out in your garden and have a quick walk around your garden. This is another benefit of owning a garden office, as it makes it easy just to walk out, and start walking around your garden.

Have a nice kitchen installed as well

You might want to make a sandwich and a cup of tea while you work. But you don’t want to have to walk back to the house, so why not hire our joiners to also build a kitchen for you?

Save on diesel/petrol and train fairs

When you add up transport costs over the year, they can be pretty considerable. But not just that, we all know from living in the fantastic city of Bristol that we Bristolians can spend a lot of time in traffic in our cars. Sure, this is the same for most cities in the U.K.; however, if you work from your garden office, you might have to travel less, which is good for the environment and can help you save money.

 

Huge amount of experience building luxury garden rooms

We are busy bees every week, darting all over SW England, building luxurious, handmade garden rooms. Some will have a jacuzzi built on the side, some will be used as garden bars, and some will be places to play a game of smoking. We have built garden rooms all over Bristol and Bath. We have a reputation for building robust, long-lasting garden rooms, yet we offer some of the best prices around.
The company is managed by two brothers, Seb and Kingsley. If you would like a free quote, why not call?

 

Garden Music Studio

Would you like a garden music studio built?

 

Written by: Ryan Walsh

Date: 7/03/24

Garden Music Rooms

 

 

Whether you’re one of the best DJs in the whole world or you just like to play the violin occasionally, you may want a garden music room built so you can have a room to listen or practice playing a musical instrument. We have built many music garden rooms.

 

Soundproofed garden rooms

You might not want to practice playing a saxophone in the house simply because you might hear the neighbours knocking on the wall annoyed about the noise. After all, playing a musical instrument too loudly may cause a nuisance for them. This is why so many people now have detached music rooms built in a garden. We also offer some of the best prices on garden rooms, this is why so many people call us when they want to have a garden building constructed. The rooms can be completely insulated, as well, meaning you can use them even on the coldest of winter days.

 

Can you build soundproofed garden buildings?

Whether you like producing music, such as drum and bass, or you like to play a brass instrument, such as the trombone, you might want a garden building built so that you can enjoy your music without disturbing other family members or neighbours. Therefore, our builders are in high demand right across the country building our music rooms.

What makes our music rooms such good quality is:

– We can install triple glazing
– We can add sound proofing
– We can add insulation, air-conditioning, heaters so the room can be used all year around

 

How are your music rooms different from the typical garden room?

A typical garden room doesn’t normally have sound insulation added to the building. Also, we can install triple glazing in the windows and the doors to further contain the noise within the building. Therefore a soundproofed music room will cost more for us to construct, yet be more able to contain the noise generated from saying playing your drum kit. However, with that said, the benefits of having a detached building, where you can enjoy listening to your music or playing a musical instrument, most customers are willing to pay more for us to build a music room.

 

High-quality sound system

For some of us, listening to music is a great way to unwind after a long day at work. Whether classical or rock ‘n’ roll, you could have a high-quality surround sound system installed within your garden room. If you were to accompany this with a nice comfortable reclining chair, then your music room becomes a brilliant place to unwind.

 

Triple-glazed windows and doors

When building a music room, we recommend installing triple-glazed windows and bi-folding doors.
These doors and windows are more expensive to purchase. However, they help to keep the noise within the music room. We can also install soundproofing, not just on the walls, but also on the ceiling.

 

Heated and air-conditioned

Let’s say that you like creating music, and let’s say that you create house music. You will often want to work in the music room throughout the seasons and in all weathers. So whether it’s snowing outside or boiling, you can work comfortably within our garden buildings because all of our buildings are designed and built for all year-round use. The reason for this is we can install air-conditioning, and we can also install underfloor heating and radiators for you as well. So, whatever the weather is like outside, whether wet or hot and sunny outside, you can walk, and your garden room will be temperature controlled. We can even add a thermostat so that you can better regulate the temperature.

 

We can help you design your perfect music room.

What’s great about picking our garden room company to build your music room is that we can create a set of 3-D drawings for you, that’s before any construction work begins. These can show you what the building could look like. For example, perhaps you want black framed aluminium windows and doors? Maybe you want dark grey composite cladding? Alternatively, you may even want a terrace built onto the roof, with glass railings, so that you can sit out on the roof of your garden room and enjoy the sunshine during the summer. However you want your music room to be built, we can build it for you.

Help save the planet, why not get a garden room built with solar panels?

Written by: Ryan Walsh

Date: 6/03/2024

Can your company install solar panels on the roof of our garden office/garden room?

 

A lot of us are more conscious than ever about our carbon footprint and our impact on the environment.
So when making a large purchase, such as a garden office or a garden room, many often carefully consider how such a purchase may impact our ecosystem. Thankfully, here at Kingsley, we know how to build eco-friendly garden offices, they can have solar panels built on the roof.

High-quality solar panels: when you talk to any good solar panel fitter, they will tell you there are solar panels, and then there are solar panels.

And what do we mean by that statement?

Well, there are really high-end, high-quality solar panels, which are energy efficient, and low-quality ones don’t last that long, can crack, and don’t generate as much electricity. We only fit high-quality solar panels.

What are the benefits of having solar panels fitted to our garden office?

 

We all know that energy prices have risen quite considerably in recent years. Therefore, if you were to have your building powered partially by solar panels, this could help you be less reliant on the national energy grid. Buy owning a Bristol garden building, that has solar panels on the roof, you will also be generating our electricity to become more self-efficient, and its green energy helps to protect the environment.

How our garden buildings are helping to protect the environment
When you consider that our buildings are made from FSC-approved timber, you will have double glazing, which again helps to improve the energy efficiency of the building as well. On top of that, we can be put insulation into every wall, which helps retain the heat. Then you can have solar panels on the roof, we can even add solar panels to help heat hot water well, if you want these fitted?

 

Electric, solar panels and inverters

We have highly experienced and fully qualified electricians who can install solar panels onto the roof of your garden building. Considering that some garden offices are vast, with huge rubber roofs, they take a large chunk of space within your garden, so it makes perfect sense to put solar panels on the roof, so you can gain green electric from that space.
When you also consider that some gardens receive a considerable amount of natural light throughout the day, during the spring and summer, putting solar panels onto the roof makes perfect sense. This is why we are such busy bees in Bristol building so many garden rooms right across the S.W England because many people now insist on adding solar panels to the roof.

Garden offices/rooms with solar panels

 

Therefore, our company can build very energy-efficient garden buildings anywhere in Bristol. Using top-quality panel installation, fibreglass, or even sheep’s wool, we can make the entire building very energy-efficient. We can then install double glazing and put solar panels on the roof. We use top-quality solar panels and inverters, so why not call our business today?

 

We also build golf simulator garden rooms.

 

Date: 19/02/2024

Those who love playing a game of golf will know that sometimes it’s hard to enjoy the game if the weather is terrible. Yet, with a garden room and a similar state-of-the-art golf course, you can practise in any weather, as you will be indoors, in a nice warm and dry room.

 

Practice whenever you want

What’s great about picking our company is the building can be built to any dimensions you like. So, if you want a truly massive building so you can practice golf, then we can build that for you. Plus, why not have a kitchen and a bathroom installed so you can go and fetch yourself a refreshing cuppa whenever you want to?

 

Large garden rooms

Most golf simulators require a large room so that we can build a massive building for you. Plus, we can construct the building to any shape you would like, so perhaps you would want the building to be as long as possible, rectangular, and built towards one side of your garden; then, we can make this for you.

Why not add a bar?

 

Insulated golf simulator

It’s essential that the building has a perfect heating system. You will want to use your golf similarly in all weather conditions, whether freezing or hot. So our team can build a golf simulator with heating and air conditioning. This means you can focus on your game of golf.

 

Built to last

Golf simulators, depending on the brand, can be rather expensive. So, to house your golf simulator, you will want a high-quality building that definitely comes with a long-lasting roof. We usually use EPDM roofs to help our buildings last longer.

 

Bespoke Garden Golf Simulator Rooms

We can come out and meet you; we can measure up the area in your garden where you want the building built. We can then write back to you within five days with a quote.

 

How much does a garden golf simulator room cost?

Costs vary depending on the size of the garden room, the cladding, and whether you want us to install the heating and air conditioning.
For even more comfort, some customers may want underfloor heating as well. Also, some may wish to build a side room that acts as a bar. The bar could, therefore, be a great place to meet your friends and have a drink after playing a game of golf in your golf simulator.

 

Do I need planning permission for a golf simulator garden room?

For most summerhouses we build, the customers often do not seek planning permission. However, this is not for all garden rooms. Sometimes, planning permission is needed if the building exceeds a certain height or you live in a conservation area. When we meet you and have a good idea of the design you want to build, we can often tell the customer whether planning permission will be needed.

 

Which golf simulators can be installed in my garden golf room?

How do we obtain a quote for your company to build a golf simulator?
Our company now builds golf simulators all across West England. We can offer you a free quote; we aim to write back to our customers within a working week with a full quote breakdown. Why not call us today/

 

Golf simulators Bristol

Our company now builds garden rooms, which can be used as a golf simulator garden room.

Will my garden room/office need to have foundations installed?

 

In short, the answer to this question is yes. A garden building needs to have its weight supported to prevent structural movement. If the building were to be built directly on top of the soil, it would likely move, potentially becoming unsafe.

Foundations also have other purposes; a damp-proof membrane often made from plastic stops the water coming through the concrete slab. Therefore, a well-built concrete base can improve the longevity of the building.

 

What types of foundations can your construction company build?

When our estimator comes out, they will have a quick walk around your garden. They will be looking at how the soil is: is it draining away, or is water being held by the ground because the soil is mostly clay?

Then we will need to have a discussion with you about the size of the garden room and what you like built inside. The structure will weigh a lot if it’s a large garden room, complete with a bathroom. This weight needs to be adequately supported; we, therefore, typically recommend a concrete slab.

However, as the article will go on to explain, there are other options, there are ground screws.

Let’s have a look at the different types of foundations we can offer you in Bristol:

 

We can build a concrete slab

This is typically the more expensive option for building a foundation. Yet, it’s a perfect option. Yet often, a mini-digger is needed to level the ground, so side or rear access to the property will be required.

We can bring a Kubota or a JCB excavator into your garden to level the ground. We can then arrange for the concrete to be delivered and poured.

Some customers will not want a concrete base, as it does have an environmental impact. Producing concrete causes CO2; when you consider that an excavator has to use a grading bucket to grade off the ground, it can disturb the soil and the ecosystem, such as roots, worms and plants.

A more environmentally friendly option is to opt for ground screws.

A ground screw is simply a giant screw, so there’s no need to bring an excavator into the garden. There is also no need to use a grading bucket often to grade off the soil.

 

Concrete plinths

We here at Kingsley Build don’t tend to use this type of foundation. However, some companies do. Instead of building a large concrete slab, individual plinths are made, like columns that hold up the building. We don’t tend to use this option.

 

Ground screws

Ground screws are very popular; we use them a lot at our garden room company. However, many other companies are also using this option as well.

The benefits are fast the ground screws are quick and easy to install. Using a powerful drill, the screws are driven deep into the ground.

The screws are significant and, therefore, able to take a lot of weight. Plus, they are often much cheaper to install than concrete.
Getting concrete into a garden can be labour-intensive, or using a pump truck can be expensive.

Ground screws, on the other hand, these much easier to install. The ground screws can be easily carried into your garden, as they are relatively lightweight?

Are you thinking of getting a garden office built in Bristol?

If you’re considering building a garden office, why not talk to us? We have already created many luxury garden rooms throughout the city of Bristol.

 

So, if you would like a free quote, why not give us a ring today?

Will my garden room/office require foundations?

We answer whether a garden room or office requires foundations. We explain the benefits of choosing ground screws.

Will we be required to obtain planning permission in order to build a new garden office?

If you are wondering whether or not you need to seek permission from the local council to build a garden office, then this is the blog post for you.

 

Is planning permission required when building a garden office?

 

Just like when you make alterations to your home, for example adding a dormer loft conversion or perhaps a new property extension onto the back of your house, you need to seek planning permission to do so from the local council before building work can even start.

However, garden buildings are slightly different because sometimes, occasionally, they don’t need to seek planning permission from the local council. So sometimes, our builders can start work straight away once the customer approves the quote.

That’s if the build comes under what is called permitted development.

 

 

We can offer a free 30-minute consultation

Often, we need to come out to measure how large the buildings will be, discuss, drainage, water supply, how we can bring a electrical supply to the building. We also offer our guidance on whether we think planning will be needed from Bristol City Council or not.

We also need to understand what you use the garden room for, for example, whether it’s an office or somebody will occasionally live in the building?

We can offer recommendations to you to whether planning permission is required. Once we have met you and visited the garden, we can recommend whether planning permission is needed or not.

Therefore, every build is different. Thus, we need to provide tailored advice to your circumstances.

 

Bristol City Council

Sometimes, planning permission will need to be sought from Bristol council; sometimes, this is because the garden room will be built in a conservation area, or its built near a listed property, or perhaps you are building very close to your neighbour’s property.

Sometimes, it’s because you want to put a roof terrace on the building, or perhaps you even want a multistorey building built. Therefore, planning permission is often needed in certain circumstances.

But again, we can come out and offer you a free quote and advice on whether you will need to seek planning permission from Bristol City Council.

 

So, will planning permission be needed or not to build a garden office?

The vast majority of the outbuildings/garden rooms we build every single month are built by what are called permitted development rights.

However, as you can imagine, because this blog post is likely to be read by thousands of people, we can’t offer you exact answer as to whether or not you would need to gain planning permission or not as we would need to visit your garden.

We can come out anywhere within the Bristol area, and aim to come out as promptly as possible to offer you some free advice.

We often can offer quotes in the evenings as well; for example, during the spring and summer periods, when we are really busy, we often have an estimator who can pop out between 6 and 8 PM and offer you a free quote within the Bristol area, if this works better for you?

Are you about to build a garden office in Bristol?

What’s great about hiring our company is if architectural plans need to be submitted to the local council, we have architects who work directly for us.

The architects can draw up drawings, making it easier for our clients, because they don’t have to find an architect in Bristol.

Before the architects send the plans for approval, we can even create a set of 3-D drawings also, showing you precisely what the building will look like.

Therefore, you can visualise what the garden building will look like before its built.

Once you improve the 3-D drawings we have created, they can be sent to the architect, who will put the exact measurements on them and then send these to Bristol City Council for approval.

Please note that we can sometimes start constructing the garden office the following week if we do not need to obtain planning.

Yet if we have to wait for Bristol County Council to approve the design of your garden office; it can often take many more months before we can start building the foundations.

What’s great about hiring our company is that we can help you to design your perfect garden room.

 

We can discuss all the options, ranging from underfloor heating to having spotlights fitted to the front of the building.

If you want us to offer you a free quote anywhere within Bristol, why not call us?

Pub sheds, a comprehensive guide on why you should hire us to build your garden bar

 

Written by: Ryan Walsh

Date: 10/02/2024

A growing trend here in the United Kingdom is to own a garden bar. These are often called many names, such as “gin bars” and “garden pubs”.

These buildings can offer a great place to unwind after a long and busy week at work.

Whether you fancy having a whiskey on the rocks or a nice good quality gin, such as Gordon’s gin and tonic, why not enjoy your drink in your own garden pub?

All of our buildings, including our garden bars, are all completely insulated- you will therefore be warm in our buildings even in the winter. All of our buildings come with oil-filled radiators, so if you fancy watching the football within your garden bar, say on a cold December afternoon, then you can as our garden buildings are fully insulated.

Our garden rooms come with radiators, insulation and double glazing.

So, our garden bars are a great place to meet your friends and family whatever the weather is like.

 

Why purchase a pub shed from us?

Draught beer/place to watch the football

It might well be an away game; let’s say Arsenal is playing against Manchester United, and you don’t want to travel all the way to Old Trafford to watch the football match?

So, you may have all your friends over to watch the football on a large quality television in your garden room instead. A large, well-built garden room can be great for watching football or rugby.

Just think, no queuing at the bar, as you will own the bar.

So you could pour a nice fresh pint, on your bar, for you and your friends while you all watch the football match. Plus there’s no shout for last orders!

Go luxurious

You’ve probably seen one of our many Mercedes vans zipping along the motorway near Bristol because we specialise in building luxurious garden buildings within South England. We always have a large number of teams out building our buildings. Some will be installing the ground screws, then another team for the build, and then the roofers build the roof for you.

We build luxurious buildings because we can listen precisely to what the customer want’s regarding how they want the building to be constructed and incorporate the features they need.

For example, we can build an ensuite bathroom for you or a kitchen area. We can build decking and even put soundproofing into the walls for you, so you can watch the rugby as loud as you like.

 

Bristol and beyond

You probably have seen one of our Kingsley Mercedes Sprinter vans in your street or driving around the busy streets of Bristol?
That’s because we would say that garden buildings have become hugely popular over the last five years across the city.

Often, they are needed as places to work, (garden offices) and are also often used as places to enjoy time with your friends as a garden bar or a gin bar.

Therefore, you could put some comfortable sofas and a huge television in the building with surround sound? Alternatively, you add a juke box, and listen to your favourite music.

 

Guaranteed to last

The more luxurious garden buildings can easily cost over £30,00. This means you should obtain a comprehensive guarantee, whichever company you hire.

We offer a comprehensive guarantee, so so that you have peace of mind that you have purchased a good quality building from us.

 

Installing all of the electrics

When you hire us to build a garden bar, all you need to add to the room is your furniture inside.

That’s because we can take care of everything else in terms of the construction process for you, depending on how much work you would like us to do, we can complete the painting and decorating, we can install the electrics, including the fixtures and fittings as well. We can even mount the television on the wall if you would like us to?

So, all you need to do is pick out a quality television, perhaps opt for an excellent, good-quality Sony television, put this within the building, and combine this with some surround sound speakers- the perfect place to watch Sky Sports.

Therefore, you might even forget you are watching Rugby or football in a garden room; you might think you are actually right in the stadium where the matches are being played!

 

 

Established

Many garden room companies start up every year, and sometimes many are not there the following year.
However, we are different, we are an established company. We have already built many garden buildings within this great city, and we plan on doing this for a very long time.
Therefore, we are an established business with a good reputation for building quality buildings, we are established and trusted by many people to build quality luxurious buildings.

 

Come and have a chat with us

Whether you need a building created to sit down and enjoy a good book, or perhaps you want a building constructed so you can have all of your friends over to watch football and rugby or to have a party, why not call us to build your garden bar for you?

Garden Bars Bristol

We specialise in building garden bars in Bristol, in South-West England.

 

 

We now build timber car garages

 

Introduction

Right across the whole of South-West England, many property owners will want a sturdy, well-built, and a great-looking car garage constructed. This is where Kingsley Build can help.

You might not want the building built out of brick or stone, but instead you might want the majority of the building built using a timber frame.

The benefits of a timber frame building are vast, and also a timber frame and timber clad building can enhance the appearance of the building. For example, you could large English Oak A-frames that look amazing inside the building.

You can have luxurious redwood timber cladding on the outside? Sometimes, you could even have the roof made of wooden shingles, which look simply fantastic.

Often, these buildings are purchased from us simply because they blend well into their surrounding area and the property owners home.

For example, if you have a traditional property, like a large thatched cottage, you might want a timber-framed garage, with a pitchec roof, that is designed and built to be more in keeping with its surroundings.

Because we can offer you such a vast array wouldn’t timber clad options, and so many different roofing options, we can tailor the building to your own tastes so it’s more in keeping with the design of your house.

 

What size car garages can you build?

Some people have own a lot of prestigious cars, so they might want multiple garages constructed.

It is quite feasible for us to build a garage that has three doors, three separate garage doors, either automated or what they called “up and over garage doors”.

 

Will we require planning permission for a timber-built car garage to be built?

We will have to come out and meet you and have a quick chat about the design you want.

Then, we can see what size the building needs to be, whether it’s a pitched roof or how far away it is from the neighbouring properties, for example.

We can then give you our opinion on whether planning permission is needed. Sometimes for some buildings, you will need to seek planning permission from Bath County Council or Bristol city council depending on where you live.

 

Can you also incorporate a building to the side of the car garage?

Most certainly, you could incorporate a garage that has a side room. For example, you might even be a car dealer, requiring a side room to meet your clients?

Alternatively, you might want to combine a garage to store one of your classic cars and have a gym built on the side?

Therefore, you could have a side room, built to the side of your garage, this is very affordable way to extend your living room. Because you were to call say a Bristol builder, and want the room made using brick or stone, often this is more expensive to build than one of our timber frame buildings.

 

Are you able to build a pitched-roof car garage?

Yes, we can certainly build a pitched roof, and we can offer you a range of tile options; for example, perhaps you want a high-quality Welsh slate.

Alternatively, you might wish to use wooden shingles, or you might want to, let’s say, for example, a low-cost option such as powder-coated metal sheet roofing.

Metal sheet roofing might suit the surrounding area, if the property is on a farm, and therefore, a lot of the agricultural buildings might also be clad also with metal corrugated iron sheets; we can paint the metal roof sheets the same colour.

 

What foundations are required for our car garage?

So, we would recommend a nice thick concrete slab for a car garage, that’s because of the heavy weight imposed on the concrete floor by the parked cars.

 

What type of timber can the building be clad with?

We can clad the outside with any timber, whether softwood or hardwood, we can supply any type of timber that you would like. Why not opt for red wood, it looks brilliant whether its on the outside of a garden room or a garage.

 

Are you able to put a car ramp within the garage?

Some of our customers might own quality classic cars, such as English-built Morgan classic cars.

Aren’t these Morgan classic cars, absolutely fabulous cars? We think so.

Therefore, you might want a car ramp within the garage, to help you maintain your vehicle whenever you want.

Perhaps you like to change your cars oil before taking it out on a long weekend drive?

We can build a timber frame garage, that has a car ramp within the building.

 

How quickly can you start work?

We can start work within a few weeks if the customer approves the quote. This is because a lot of construction workers, now working for us at Kingsley Build. Our highly skilled team can, therefore, start work as soon as you would like.

 

How are these buildings weatherproofed?

We use quality building materials, such as a Welsh slate roof, breathable membranes on the outer walls, structural timbers, and the cladding can have a good quality varnish applied to it. This will ensure that the buildings are weatherproof.

How our company can help:

Every week, we have estimators travelling righ across the four corners of Bristol. We travel across the city every week, offering our customers quotes to build garden offices and timber garages, and perhaps also the customer wants a timber building built so its an extension built directly next to their house.

Plus, all of our quotes are offered for free, and the aim is to get back to you as soon as possibly can with a quote. Because we can even create 3-D drawings in-house, we can show you what the building will look like before its even being built.

 

A comprehensive guide to purchasing a summerhouse

 

 

In this guide, you will find everything you need to know about purchasing a luxurious summerhouse.

For example, we recommend that you consider the shape of the building because you could have a rectangular, square or even circular design. You should also consider the size of the building and also if you want to partition the building into multiple rooms.

In this article we will talk about:

– What exactly is a summerhouse?
– How to go about designing your summerhouse
– Different types of cladding
– Different types of roofs
– What the foundations can be made from
– Door and window options
– Summerhouse shapes

So, what exactly is a summerhouse?

Summerhouses are often described under different names. For example, the building could be described as a garden office, garden room, or log cabin. These are all descriptions to describe a room that’s typically made of wood, freestanding within your garden, and which can be used for many different purposes. For example, it can be used as a cinema room right through to being used as a bar.
So, during the working week, the majority of the time, when our mobile phone rings, it’s for people wanting a garden office constructed.
What our customers use their garden room for can vary, between being used a home office or perhaps as a place to work out after work.

Entertaining guests

 

So more and more people want what is called a “garden bar” built. That is a place where you can ask friends and family over and enjoy a nice drink within a garden bar.
Often, this building incorporates a complete bathroom suite. It usually has a large bar area; you might even want to fix your spirits to the walls. Usually, a good quality sound system is installed as well, such as a good quality Bose sound system. So if you fancy a dance with your friends right into the early morning hours of the morning, this is perfectly possible within a garden bar built by us.

Set out where you want your garden room built

So do think quite long and hard about this, and we would recommend either using environmentally friendly spray paint or just simply marking out where you want the building to be built in your garden using say plant pots. We say that because you want to get accustomed for at least a week to how much space that garden room would occupy once its built.

What you don’t want, if you have a small garden, is to have a big garden room built, and then possibly regret it because you have then sacrificed so much space within your garden, or it’s blocking light to say your kitchen.

So what you do want is to have a garden building constructed, and you want it to be a perfect size so that you have the garden room built the way you want, but also so you are not sacrificing too much space within your garden.

Check if planning permission is needed

So the vast majority of the buildings we construct, hear in Bristol, don’t need planning permission because they come under whats called permitted development. But with that said, you still have to check because if you want a huge garden room built, or a tall building you might need planning permission.

For every single garden room that’s built, you should check with the garden room company whether planning permission is needed and an architect. The reason being, if you build a garden room, and planning permission should have been sought, and it wasn’t, you might be asked to take it down by the council. So always check with an architect first.
.

3-D designs
So sometimes, some of our customers want to visualise how their garden room looks before its built. Therefore, we can send you a set of designs, which show for the front side elevation and back elevations and side, within a PDF document.

 

Corner garden rooms

So like most large cities, many homeowners might not have large gardens. In which case, you might be thinking, do we have enough room to build a summerhouse?

So why not have a garden room this built right in the corner of your garden?

Corner garden rooms are often more compact. They take up less space because they fit up the corner of your garden, and they don’t take as much space as a rectangular garden room would.

Large insulated garden room

 

What you don’t want is to have a garden building constructed, and you freezing and shivering in the winter within it.

No matter how large an oil-filled radiator or a fan heater is installed within the room, you might struggle to keep warm without insulation.

The great thing about picking our company is our gardens rooms will always fully insulated.

 

Cladding styles

So, there are so many cladding options to choose from, such as ton and groove, interlocking boards, and softwood as well as hardwood boards.

 

Roof coverings

There’s only one roof option that we would really recommend and that’s EPDM roofs. This lasts a very long period; it can’t be walked upon because the roof won’t support the weight of a person, also if it is walked on it would pierce the actual EPDM roof. Yet if correctly maintained, can be a long-lasting roof covering as long as the roof is not walked upon.

Window and door options

Some companies will only offer you a few different sizes for the doors and windows. However, all of our windows and outdoors are bespoke, so you can have any size of windows or doors you would like added to your Bristol summerhouse.

Can you use a garden building as an office?

 

 

Date: 29/01/2024

Written by: Ryan Walsh

 

Are you thinking of ways to extend your home so you can gain a home office in Bristol? Then, this is the article for you; we will explain why so many homeowners are taking advantage of our low-cost garden buildings helping many homeowners to gain more living space.

 

Article contents:

What are the main benefits of owning a garden office

Why we are the company to hire when you require a garden room to be built in Bristol

Perhaps you already own a garden building, that may well be lets say currently a gym area. You may now wish to turn it into a place to complete your work and use it as a garden office instead? With some light building work this can easily be completed.

Alternatively, you might be reading this article and wondering whether or not you would like a garden office built, and you are currently weighing up the benefits of choosing other options, such as whether to instead add an extension to your home?

In either case, this is the article for you, it will provide you with helpful advice on why so many people are turning to us to have garden offices built.

 

 

Can a garden room be used as a home office during the winter?

A common misconception is that a garden room is a room that will be way too cold to use in the winter months. However, this might be true for some garden buildings, built by some other businesses, its not true about ours. So if incorporated into the building is really high quality, thick panel insulation is used, you will be obtaining a room that can be used throughout the seasons. That said, the insulation needs to be cut and sandwiched between the structural timbers really well, our builders always ensure this.

The insulation must also be cut flush and placed into the floor and ceiling.

 

Work all year around in absolute comfort.

So, as we mentioned, if the building is well insulated, you will obtain a room that’s easy to keep warm if we build it for you. With a few oil-filled radiators can often be sufficient for heating a large, well-insulated garden building. You can, therefore, write your work emails, talk to your staff, or perhaps complete that Excel spreadsheet, all in absolute comfort while working on your garden building built by us.

 

What are the main benefits of owning a luxury, well-built garden room?

Something to consider is that most of our garden buildings don’t need planning permission- therefore work could start very quickly if your hire us.

Therefore, it’s possible that after you appoint us to build the building, we can sometimes start work within a week.
Property extentions

However, with that said, if you were to add a property extension onto your home, and it’s a size that requires planning permission, then it could sometimes take many months for the council to write back with a decision.

So, if you’ve just started a business, you might not want to wait for the council to make a planning decision on whether or not you could build, let’s say, a dorma roof extension on your home.

So you could instead hire us to build a garden building, and we could start work on this straight away (depending on the design of the garden room). Some garden buildings will require planning permission.

 

 

Less noise

For all of us who have worked from home at some time in our lives, whether on a hybrid basis or perhaps full-time, a lot of us will have found it somewhat distracting place to complete work. Whether it’s the noise from other family members or maybe the noise from someone watching the television way too loudly, it can all get a bit, well annoying. Especially if you have a deadline you need to hit.

So, one of the main advantages and benefits of owning a garden building is it’s detached from the house. So, it offers a peaceful place where you can go, get your work done, and then when the working day is done and dusted, you can just pick up your laptop and walk straight back to the house when you finish.

 

 

Mix it up

So, we are all used to driving to, say, an office that’s in the city centre, and that’s our principal place of work. If we are lucky, sometimes there’s a gym in the building, but often, many workplaces don’t have this facility. So, why not dedicate part of the room at home to be your own fitness studio when building a garden office? A place to do yoga, a place to run, a place to do some free weights.

 

How to turn a garden room into an office

Consider these four elements when designing your perfect garden office:

 

 

Lighting

So, there will be parts of any garden that have more natural light shining on that part of the garden throughout the day than on other parts of your lawn. You want to choose a part where the sun is not too bright, yet you’re not in the complete shade of your neighbour’s tree. Why not mark out that part of the garden and see how the sun shines on it? You might find it too bright say at midday, and wish to have it relocated to area where the rooms are illuminated, but your eyes are strained because of ultra-strong sunlight.

 

Insulation

Don’t pick a company that installs super cheap insulation into the garden room, because the garden room might be offered at a rock-bottom price for sure, but what’s the point if you have to have the heating on constantly?

Have super thick, high-quality insulation added to the walls, floor and ceiling. This is the same type of insulation used in most cavities when a new extension is added to your house.

You will want the super thick insulation added.

So, choose a company that will supply you with good quality insulation, as in the winter, without this in some lower quality summerhouses; they can be too cold to be within.

 

Plenty of electrical sockets

If you use the room as a garden office, you don’t want just one plug socket.

So ensure the garden room has loads of sockets to power your laptop, printer, phone, etc.

Also, opt for a dimmer switch while we are on the subject of talking about electrical fittings and fixture installation. If you burning the midnight oil and working late, you will want the room to be lit really well. If it’s just dusk outside, you might not want it too bright, so choose a dimmer switch so you can adjust the lighting so your eyes don’t get as strained.

 

Roof light

So sure, adding a roof lantern will increase the cost when constructing the garden office, but think of the advantages. If you’re only going to be working in the garden office for just say an hour a day, then you might deem the extra expense not worth it.

Yet, if you, let’s say, run a business, and you’re going to be working in the room a lot, think of the extra light being channelled into the room from the roof lantern. It could better illuminate the whole room, making it a more welcoming and better space to work.

 

Are you looking for a company to build a garden room in Bristol?

We have a highly experienced sales team. They will walk you through the entire sales process and explain every option we have available so your obtain the garden room of your dreams. So why not talk to one of our team today?

Small Garden Offices

 

The benefits of owning a small garden office

 

23/01/2024

Garden offices offer a great to work; these buildings can provide a quiet place to get work done that’s totally detached from your house.

Perhaps you’re currently finding that, at this moment in time, there are too many distractions within your home whilst working? Maybe, when you’re trying to work, other family members might be attempting to talk to you, therefore distracting you from getting your work completed on time?

Therefore you will undoubtably want to complete your work in a nice, quiet and peaceful room.

This is exactly what the garden office can offer, especially if there has been quality soundproofing add throughout the building.

 

Small garden office

In most inner-city areas, some properties might have a relatively small garden.
However, building a garden office is still often feasible, even in the smallest of gardens.

If your property has no rear access via a lane or side gate, we can often still bring the building materials through the corridor and into the garden to start construction work.

Therefore, the point that we are trying to make is that we can build a garden office in most gardens even if theres not enough room in your garden to swing a cat.

 

Innovative

Just like when you’re on an aeroplane, the interior designers of the aircraft often have to make the most of every available space onboard.

Every inch is therefore cleverly designed, to get the maxium out of that space, and therefore not room is wasted. Thus, this means that the chair, the storage, and the items, such as the toilets, are all really cleverly designed to ensure that every space is cleverly used.

Now, this same concept must be applied when designing and building a garden office, in that if we are building a garden office in a small garden, we have to make the best use of our space.

We have to design the garden office carefully, so there are walls are thinner perhaps, although we can build a building that follows the contours of the garden.

 

Corner garden

Just as you have a garden shed in the corner of your garden, you could have a lovely corner garden room built that makes the best use of the available space in your garden.

 

 

We can install lighting, doors, internal electrics even the flooring

What’s great about our company is that we don’t give you just a shell of a garden room, and then other contractors have to finish off constructing the building.

Instead, we can take care of every detail; we can install the flooring and even offer to paint and decorate the room for you.

Will we require planning permission?

Quite often, but most certainly not always, the garden rooms that we build often don’t need planning permission from the local council.

However, with that said, sometimes, planning permission will be required to be granted for some garden rooms. It depends on the design that you want built and where you live.

The great thing is, our estimator can come out and has a chat and perhaps over a biscuit and a cup of tea with you, they can quickly ascertain whether permission will be needed.

 

Helping you to separate family life from work

If you’re working from the kitchen table currently, and you have to clear everything away to make way for the evening supper, what this means is that this can get rather annoying especially when you just need another hour to finish off your work.
Also, if you’re working in the house, somebody might be playing a musical instrument loudly, talking too loudly, or cooking something tasty in the kitchen, but with the radio turned up a bit too loud- this can all distract you from getting your work done.

So if you want to separate your personal life from your work, why not get a garden office built by our highly skilled carpenters?

Make sure the building is insulated

At the time of writing, storms are blowing all across the United Kingdom. It’s more than chilly outside, and the trees have no leaves on them right now, so if you were to have an uninsulated garden building constructed, well, it might be like stepping into a fridge freezer.

So, this needs to be avoided; to do this, ample insulation must be crammed into every single part of the building. A builder needs to take their time, to carefully cut and install insulation to ensure that the building is more energy-efficient and, once warmed up, retains that nice warm air for a bit longer.

Environmentally friendly

More and more of us are becoming conscious of our impact on the environment, and rightly so.
Building a garden room involves using a lot of building materials, especially timber. Therefore, these must be carefully sourced; the timber must come from carefully managed forests, for example, forests which the FSC manages.

All of our timber comes from carefully managed forests.

 

Super long guarantee period

We can offer you a long guarantee on our garden buildings, but it depends significantly on the options you choose. For example, we can deliver different guarantee periods depending on the roof option you choose.
If you were to talk to our builders, they often recommend opting for a rubber roof. We can build this for you.

 

Make working from home even more comfortable

If you are busy working, say from the kitchen table; and you want somewhere to work more comfortably. Why not give us a ring? We have built countless garden offices across the south-west of England. They are of fabulous quality. We can take care of the construction process for you from start to finish.

Why our garden offices offer the perfect place to work if your working from home?

22/01/2024

 

Introduction

More and more job advertisements are posted on various job websites such as “Indeed” which advertise wanting to recruit people for “hybrid jobs”.

We know from first-hand experience that more people are currently working from home than ever before.
Therefore, There is enormous demand for “garden office pods” and “garden offices” to be built. Our company builds both all over the United Kingdom.

Happy employees

If you were to speak to most employees, the last thing that they want after a long day at work is to be stuck in rush hour traffic after a long day. Therefore, many people now want to be hybrid working, this means some working at home and some at the office. This is where the garden office offers the perfect solution, a quiet place to complete while at home.

Get more work completed in peace and quiet

Working from home, well, it is sometimes not that easy to do. With the television on too loud in the background, people asking you questions when your trying to take a work call, and all whilst other family members chat in the kitchen which is distracting you. This is why homeowners often need a garden office built, os they require a quiet place to work.

Our team can sometimes build A garden office pod in less than two weeks, with a starting price 18k. They offer fantastic value for money.

 

Could you get more done?

A lot of people often like that hybrid working which allows you to catch up with work colleagues, have meetings and meet their clients whilst at the office. Yet, often a lot people also like to work in their garden office, which allows a quieter place to get work done with no distractions. So a garden office can be your place to complete all your work in total peace and quiet.

Escape from the city

Working in the city has its pluses; there are often many good places to eat, and you can meet friends at lunch and perhaps have a pint after work before hopping on the next train back home.

However, it is busy and noisy working in the city, and you often need a break from working in hustle and bustle for too long. So, depending on the house’s location, you could work within a garden room why may have amazing views. For example, you might live on top of a hill and have amazing views over miles after miles of countryside- so why not work in a garden office built by us, it can offer a tranquil place to work, well enjoying looking out over the countryside.

 

Gym/garden office

If you were to chat with most office workers these days, they can often be found in one of two places during a weekday. That’s, of course, at the office or at the gym. Well, the problem with that is, often, there’s so much time wasted in the mornings and after being stuck in traffic trying to get to either location.

Yet, when you own a garden office/gym, well, you will have a room where you have enough space to get your work done and your workout with your exercise equipment as well.

 

Meet your clients within your garden office

Again, much time can be wasted driving to the city centre or catching a train to meet a client in the city centre. Sometimes, if you, for example, are self-employed, you could meet your clients in your garden office. This, therefore, helps you save time, as you are not driving to meet your customers.

 

Huge bi-folding doors / sliding doors to let the fresh air in
One of the massive drawbacks of working within the city, say within a huge towering tower block, is well, the air inside the office can often be rather stuffy sometimes. Especially in the older say concrete 70’s office blocks which sometimes have less than adequate ventilation. So, when a worker does switch from working in the large office in the city, for a nice, well-built garden office, well, breathing fresher air, might be the reason they hired us to build the building.

So, if you would like a garden office built, why not call us?

 

We now also build corner garden rooms (composite & wood)

 

 

Written by: Ryan Walsh

Date: 19th of January 2024

 

Corner Garden Rooms

What are the benefits of purchasing a corner garden room?

 

 

There are a lot of homeowners that might own a small garden.

For example, you might have a lovely five-bedroom house, yet if it’s a brand-new built house, this often means the garden is relatively small sometimes.

Therefore, the homeowner might think that a large, imposing composite garden room will look out of place within such a small garden.

However, what is great about our company is that every single garden building is built to order; it’s tailor-made.

 

Bespoke garden buildings

This means that every building will suit your garden perfectly. The whole building is tailor-made to suit your garden, like a well-fitted suit.

So whether you want the gin bar built, right in the corner of your garden, or perhaps a place where you can work to meet clients, why not call us?

We now have over eight years of experience building composite corner garden rooms.

 

Save space

In some gardens, you can’t even swing a cat, which is an old-fashioned way of saying there’s not much room at all!

Thankfully, we have a large team of labourers, and they can demolish an old wooden shed that might be rotting away in the corner of your garden. You might not have used that’s all a rickety, wooden shed for long a time because the roof might even collapsed. Therefore, there is point you’re trying to fix it, and therefore the shed is wasted space in a garden.

 

We can remove any old sheds/garages

Therefore, our team of hard-working, diligent labourers will throw that old wooden shed into a skip for you, thus creating space to build a compact, well-built and long-lasting corner Garden room for you.

Especially if the buildings are made of composite, they will last a long period of time.

Right across the brilliant and fantastic city, more people are calling us and e-mailing us than ever before for corner garden rooms to be constructed by our builders. That’s because a corner garden room makes good use of the corner of a garden.

 

 

Are you buildings weatherproof and extremely durable?

There will always be hundreds, if not thousands, of companies selling really cheap, rock-bottom-priced summerhouses.

Often, these don’t last very long if they are cheaply made. The floor, for example, might be made of flimsy OSB board, which is built on top of the wet grass sometimes! This is not the way to build a summerhouse. Therefore, the floor could even become a health and safety issue because the customer might fall through the floor if the wood becomes rotten. So avoid buying cheap, poorly built buildings.

However, sometimes also, the exterior cladding is sometimes made from softwood, and if it’s not treated with, say, a wood preservative it can become extremely porous to our damp weather conditions, it might become wet and rot quickly.

 

What shape garden buildings can you construct?

 

We can construct the following shape garden buildings:

  • L-shaped
  • Circler
  • Hexagonal
  • Square
  • L-shaped
  • Rectangular
  • Garden rooms complete with a roof terrace

 

Why pick our company?

We also have a highly diligent team of builders. Before any work starts, we can send in as many labourers as are needed to help clear the way for the space where the building will be built.

So even if you have many bramble bushes, you might have a tree in the way, an old greenhouse, or even a brick-built garage; we can demolish it all to make way for your new composite garden room.

So, if you have a space in your garden and you want it cleared, we can do that work for you.

 

 

 

Nice and warm- all our buildings are fully insulated

At the current time of writing, it’s absolutely freezing outside. Cars are covered in thick layers of frost, houses have icicles hanging from the guttering, and you also have a lot of people wearing very ski winter jackets when walking down the road.

Therefore, if you are going to be working from, say, your Apple laptop in the garden room, let’s say within your garden office, then the building will need to be very well insulated.

That’s in order to keep Jack Frost out and keep the nice warm air within the building. We can therefore bring in our electricians in to install the electric heaters for you.

 

Our labourers can also install thick layers of insulation.

 

 

To keep the room warm for longer, you will need good quality, long-lasting and thick insulation added to the sidewalls and the floor.

Then, you require an extra thick slab of insulation to be placed into the roof; otherwise, all the heat generated by the electric radiators will escape straight away and through the ceiling. This is not energy efficient, the heating bill on an uninsulated garden room, well will be a lot. So make sure the construction company adds thick insulation to every wall, the roof, and the floor.

There is another reason why so many homeowners call us: we have such a strong reputation for building well-built and very well-insulated summerhouses.

So with the simple flick of a switch, you can switch on the electric heater, it can be nice and warm inside the garden room, making it nice place to work. That’s even in the middle of winter when it’s below zero degrees outside.

 

 

What do people use their corner garden rooms for?

You might be currently considering whether it’s worth forking out for a garden building, and you might even be comparing the cost with what it would cost to call a local builder to add an extension to your home?

Often, a garden room we built costs less than building an extension onto your house.

Also, the possibilities regarding what you could use the garden building for are pretty endless.

 

For example, our customers have use the buildings, for the following uses:

– Gin/wine bar

–        Cinema room

–        Home office

–        Gym

–        Place to simply read books, and have a giant bookshelf built

 

For example, perhaps you want to wake up, have a sip on an espresso coffee, and then use the room to exercise and improve your fitness.

You could place, therefore, numerous pieces of gym equipment into your garden gym.

Perhaps on the other hand you want us to build a caller summerhouse, so it becomes your place you can read a good book on a summer evening. Alternatively, you might work very long hours, full-time, perhaps even 50 hours plus per week. You could use this room therefore as your garden office.

 

 

Guest bedroom/corner summerhouse

So many people ask us to build a garden room because they often want to create a place where they can have family and friends can sleep over and use the building as a guest bedroom.

You could you even have toilets and a shower installed depending on the size of the building? So when family members come over, they have somewhere where they can stay, helping save on hotel costs.

 

 

Garden offices are becoming very popular.

 

If you work from home, purchasing an insulated garden office from us is worth considering. We can build a garden room for just 18 grand. You might want it to be clad with composite cladding, which will cost a bit more but will mean that the cladding is very low maintenance.

 

We can also build a circular garden building.

This might not necessarily make the best use of the space available in your garden, but it can provide a great-looking garden building if it has a circular design. For example, if it’s clad with, let’s say, luxurious Canadian red Cedar and the sun is beaming on the building, the circular garden room can look brilliant in any garden.

 

A garden room with a rooftop terrace

Now let’s say you live in the fantastic area of Clifton, a beautiful part of Bristol.

You might want to have a roof terrace built on the roof by us. You might need to gain planning permission for this, but once it’s been granted by the local council, you will have a place where you can sit out in the summer evening and perhaps enjoy a nice bottle of wine on your roof terrace, built on top of your garden room.

 

Harvest the sun’s energy.

Why not add multiple solar panels to the roof of your garden building?

For example, why not put high-quality and high-powered solar panels onto the roof so that you can start to harvest the sun’s energy?

 

Would you like a garden building constructed?

We have built a vast number of high-quality, bespoke and luxurious garden buildings right across England.

We have a friendly team that can come out, meet you and over a cup of tea and discuss precisely how you would like the building to be created.

Our in-house architect will work out a quote for you; usually, we can turn the quote around within 48 hours. If you want a summerhouse built, call the experts at Kingsley Build.

 

 

We can build a timber frame extension onto your home

 

We can build an extension, whether freestanding, such as a garden room or a timber frame building, directly adjoining onto your home. We can make the framework using timber, strengthening the structure.

We have built many property extensions, and our timber frame extensions some our customers a lot, when compared to using stone, brick or breezeblocks. Plus, the whole building can be built quickly, as we have so many carpenters working as part of our team.

Do you build property extensions?

 

 

We can build property extensions using timber, yet if the client prefers, we can also build using bricks or breeze blocks. We have an estimator, who can have a look at the plans, and offer you a quote in a short period of time. So if you thinking about getting your property extended in Bath or within the city of Bristol, we are the construction company to call.

 

Can we design the whole building how we like, or is it already partially made?

 

So, we mostly build garden rooms, yet we also build property extensions. Yet, with that said the structures we build are always bespoke. Some companies, own industrial units in Bristol, say on Avonmouth docks, and sometimes the garden room can be partially made, and then put into a flat pack to be delivered to the customer’s house. We don’t build our garden rooms like this. Instead, every building is bespoke, and we work closely with the client to ensure they get a building built exactly the way they would like.
How do we obtain a quote?

 

Timber is a sustainable building material.

Whether building a garden room or an extension of your home, we can use a lot of timber during the construction- all the wood will be FSC pressure-treated timber.

This is often referred to as “green timber” by some builders, that’s been pressure treated; this building material is sustainable because it can be replanted and grown. We use FSC timber, so the wood comes from carefully managed forests.

 

So, why purchase a timber frame extension from us:

There are several good reasons to purchase timber frame extensions from us. The main reason is speed; our carpenters can build a large timber frame extension in a relatively short time using FSC wood so the wood will be sourced in an eco-friendly way. Then we can add large bi-folding doors, and perhaps you would like a roof lantern, this is a popular design, which a lot of our customers opt for.

 

Quick to build

Although our buildings are not already preassembled in a factory, our expert team can still quickly build them. We can make a large extension onto a house or a luxury and bespoke garden room relatively quickly. Every building we produce is custom-made, which means we will have to offer you an estimate of how long it will take us to build the structure.

Most garden rooms we now construct can be built in less than three weeks from start to finish. This is if the building is built using ground screws. Laying a concrete base, might take a bit longer.
For example, more intricate garden rooms and buildings with a bathroom, where a lot of groundwork is needed, may take us longer to build.

 

Energy efficient

What’s great about having a timber frame extension or a garden room built by us is we can offer a massive range of different insulation options. This can range from panel insulation, sheep’s wool, and fibreglass.

We can also offer hemp insulation as well.

 

Modern or traditional finish

We can build a garden building or an extension onto your home, which caters for any style; for example, if you want an ultra-modern appearance, why not opt for composite cladding? Why not opt for hardwood cladding for a more traditional exterior appearance? Oak is expensive, yet it looks brilliant, and when you have this covered to the outside of the building, it will look great and enhance the appearance of your garden.

Just imagine sipping a nice refreshing drink in the middle of summer, and you can look at the extension added to your home, which is clad with a nice luxury hardwood, such as oak.

 

How much does a timber frame extension cost to add to our home?

Every extension that we build in the city of Bristol, onto our customer’s homes is different. So, we can arrange for a video call to take place, say over Skype, or visit your home- where we can gain an understanding of the building you want constructed. We will then need to consider which windows, doors, and cladding you want, then we provide you with a quote.

 

How large will the garden building or the extension be?

As you might expect, a lot more wood, steel, and glazing will be needed when building large garden rooms and extensions in Bristol. We will need to calculate these costs and get you a quote. We aim to always get back to our customers as quickly as possible with a quote, so if you want an estimate, give us a quick call.

 

How intricate will the build be

Suppose the client wants, for example, a large roof lantern that is aluminium-framed. They want substantial bi-folding doors fitted. These can push the price up yet look brilliant; if the customer wants a less expensive option, then we can use French doors, which are cheaper than bi-folding doors. Yet we can design and build any building or garden room. With a large team of tradesmen now working for us, we can now make any building. We also cater to most budgets, with summerhouse prices starting from 18k, and some of the extensions we build can sometimes be more than 100k in Bristol.

Property extensions typically vary between 25k and 70k depending on the design.

 

We do offer free quotes, so why not call us?

Brick, wood or metal

Even though most of this article has been dedicated to describing building buildings made from timber, we can create extensions to your house made of brick, breeze block or wood.

Some structures, the more modern extensions and homes, are sometimes even steel-framed with large glass panels. We can build these property extensions also.

Here’s why you should purchase a bespoke garden building rather than a flat-pack version

 

So, sure, a million and one businesses are offering low-cost DIY flat-pack garden buildings. At first glance, they may seem astonishingly good value, yet hold your horses for just a second, and do make sure you consider a bespoke garden room as well.
The reason for this is bespoke garden buildings we think can offer excellent value if they are built to a very high standard. Here’s why we believe that:

 

Make better use of the space you have available

 

 

You might want your dream garden building built into the far corner of your garden- say where the old green house used to be.
And customers will often want to make the best use of every square inch of their garden- so they don’t waste the room they have avaliable. So, you often don’t want to compromise by having a DIY garden room that doesn’t make best use out of the space you have available.

What’s great about choosing us is that we can measure the area where you want the garden building to be built. Then, we can make the building to the exact dimensions that you want. So whether it’s a triangular or just a plain, square-shaped building, we can build it for you to whatever size you would like.

 

How much do your bespoke garden rooms cost?

 

Well, you are most likely to be impressed by our prices as well, that because we can offer a bespoke garden building with a starting price of just 18k. These buildings are made to last, with quality roofs, doors, and exterior cladding- they therefore offer fantastic value.

 

Exterior

Some businesses offer just soft wood exterior cladding, limiting the customer’s options to just using say thermowood, Pine or Douglas Fir.

However, choose our business, and you are quite literally spoilt for choice; we can apply any cladding you would like. So, perhaps the garden building will be built close to your house, which is say a thatched cottage, so why not pick a lovely hardwood exterior cladding?

On the other hand, your home may be relatively new, with a much more modern appearance, of smooth rendered walls. So why not have a garden building built which matches? Why not opt for, say, composite cladding?

A lovely light grey that will compliment the style of your home if your house has a more modern design.
Have internal rooms built.

So, let’s say you want one room dedicated to improving your fitness and another room to use as your work out space.
What’s great about hiring us is you can place internal walls where you want. The problem with choosing flat-pack garden rooms is sometimes the design is fixed, meaning they don’t come with interior walls and doors.

However, our buildings are bespoke. This means you may want say 75% of the building used as your home office. The remainder of the building could be a room with a large T.V, a treadmill, and free weights- so that area could be used as your home gym.

 

 

Different heating and cooling options

Here in Great Britain, it’s safe to say our temperature fluctuates alot. From having to scrape ice off our cars in winter to sitting by a fan in summer to just cool down!

So this means that when building a garden room, we must consider heating and cooling options.

Now, the super cheap summerhouses that can be bought at a low cost online often leave the garden room’s cooling and heating to the customer to sort out.

However, we know that the clients we work with in the fantastic city of Bristol will want a garden building that’s ready for use as soon as our builders have finished sawing, nailing and screwing the structure together.

So the solution is to hire us, and we can talk you through the various heating and cooling options that we can offer. For example, we can install underfloor heating and top-of-the-range air conditioning units; when you choose us, the world is your oyster. So you can have a nice, heated and cooled garden room.

 

Are you thinking of having a Garden Office Pod built in 2024?

 

Date: 04/01/2024

Garden Office Pods

 

 

Many homeowners don’t want the upheaval, not to mention the cost of having to move house.

Yet, so many people do need a quiet workplace—a room to run their business or complete those work tasks. They want a comfortable room, yet sometimes don’t want to pay the prices some construction companies want to say add a dorma loft conversion onto the roof.

Yet, you may have even contacted a garden room company for a quote also, and the quotes have come back sky-high.

For example the quotes might have been 30k, 40k, 50k and has forced you to shelf the idea of building a garden room for a while.

But don’t delay what can be done today.

We can build a “garden office pod”- these are made at a fraction of the price of a lot of larger garden rooms. These buildings can be built at a starting price of just 18k, you could be working in a well-insulated room, sipping a nice cup of tea, and you will have obtained a nice place to work in your garden.

 

What are the advantages of owning a garden office pod:

– Quick to build
– Offers a quiet space to work
– You can look out over your garden while working
– Well insulated

Separate home life from working life

Imagine this moment: a work call comes through, and management want an Excel document to be brought forward, the deadline is now this work needs to be delivered by Friday.

So, you are under enormous amounts of stress and need to complete this work urgently. So what would help is a quiet room, an office that offers a place you can work, with no distractions.

This is what we would say is the main benefit of owning a garden office pod is that it can offer a quiet place, so you can concentrate on getting your work done.

Why are garden office pods so affordable?

The reason why our garden office pods have soared in popularity is because they are affordable- with a starting price of 18k they offer brilliant value.

What makes them so affordable is the room is compact, not large, yet at the same time, it’s often a size that’s ideally suited for just one person to work in the room comfortably. It can be well insulated, plus it can have super large windows to let in a lot of natural light in.
Because the building is small, this means it can be built relatively quickly. So this means that the building can be made with a starting price of just 18k.

 

 

What garden office designs are you able to build?

Bespoke garden buildings

The reason why our garden room company has continued to grow every single year is that we focus on building bespoke garden rooms.

Therefore, our buildings are not ready-made or flat-pack; this allows us to listen instead precisely what our customers want to make and then build it for them.

So, the customer can state precisely how large the windows are to be, what cladding they want, and what colours they want the internal walls to be.

 

Have you already built many garden office pods in Bristol?

Over the last three years, most of the garden buildings we build are used as a home office.

Our garden offices have become very popular with customers wanting an affordable solution to help them work from home.

We offer some of the best prices, so for example, because our garden office pods start from just 18k- these continue to be one of the most popular types of garden rooms that we build in South England.

 

What if we have a garage / shed in the way of where we want the new garden room to be built?

Well, often, we are able to work with a demolition contractor that we can recommend that can take away the old garage or shed for you. Also, sometimes, if the concrete base, which is often described as the slab is in good condition, occasionally, if the concrete is in good condition, we can build the garden room on top of it which helps you to save money on the construction costs of the garden room.

We can take care of everything- from groundworks to painting the inside of the building

Contacting many different companies for quotes, in order to finish the garden room, and get the building into a position where you can move the furniture in and start working in the room, does take time- that’s if you pick some other companies.

However, we secure so many orders in S.West England because we have in-house plasterers, electricians and ground workers. Meaning we can take care of everything for you.

So included in the quote is all you will need to get the garden room to the point where you can move your furniture in and start working straight after we have finished the construction work.

 

Why pay more?

We offer some of the best prices on garden rooms. One of our most popular garden building types is the garden office pod. It’s very affordable, and the best part is how fast we can construct the whole building. From start to finish, we can often build the entire construction often in just 3 weeks.

 

Will we have to wait long to receive a quote?

Seb and Kingsley offer free quotations; we can offer to visit your home anywhere in Bristol. After a few minutes of discussing the dimensions and cladding options we offer, we can provide you with a free quotation.

So why not call us today?

 

Garden Pods

 

Written by: Ryan Walsh

18/12/2023

 

 

Garden pods offer a space you can use all year round because our buildings are bespoke; they can be built to any dimensions you like. These modular buildings allow you to tailor-make a building to suit your needs, so if you would like a garden bar, complete with toilets and a side room to watch the football- you got it; we can build it.

 

Garden pods are offered at sensible prices.

Whether you want to use the room for working the 9 to 5, entertaining with friends over a glass of gin, or simply a place to enjoy your hobby, a garden pod makes perfect sense. That’s because our buildings are sometimes cheaper compared to how much it would cost if you were to pay a builder to add a similar-sized extension to your home.

 

Many sizes available

We can build a low-maintenance garden room for you. We know that when you want a building constructed, say, as your place of work, you don’t want to have additional work to maintain it regularly. This is why we can recommend low-maintenance cladding (composite) for your garden pod and a long-life roof, so you get excellent value from the buildings we construct.

 

Can your garden pods be used all year round?

Here in Great Britain, we see all types of weather, from extreme heat to cold, so when you buy a garden pod, it needs to be durable and long-lasting but able to withstand heavy rain and cold days. This is why we fully insulate every building; we also add a breathable membrane, high-quality cladding, and insulation to help keep the building warm for longer.

 

Friendly staff

Our friendly sales staff can come out, have a chat with you about all the different options. We most likely have already built many garden pods near to where you live. Sometimes we are therefore able to contact our previous customers, and arrange a time, where you can have a quick look at the building. Once you have seen the quality, the workmanship, the fantastic build quality you are most likely going to want one of our buildings built for you.

 

We go the extra mile.

We don’t just offer brilliant prices on our garden pods; we go the extra mile to advise our customers on all options. For a meagre fee, we can also have a set of 3D designs created so you can see exactly what the building looks like before even one piece of wood gets cut. Our highly talented designers can create detailed designs so you can visualise how the garden room will look before it is built.

 

Will we need to gain planning permission to build a garden pod?

We don’t need to seek planning permission for the vast majority of the summerhouses we build. However, every building we make is unique, so we will need to chat with you about the size of the building and its use; then, we can advise you immediately whether we think you need to seek planning permission or not.

 

How long will it take your team to build a garden pod?

So it will take several months?

Well, most of the time, we can build a garden in a matter of weeks, depending on what features you want, so for example, if you want a green roof where you can grow many plants, it will take us a bit longer. But generally speaking, most buildings only take a short period of time; this is because we have kept recruiting more and more carpenters, who work very hard, meaning that due to the size of our workforce, we can build our garden buildings ultra quickly.

 

What are your garden pods used for?

Our garden pods are used for various purposes, from gin bars to places where a husband and wife are starting a new business venture and using the building as a garden office. Because our buildings can be built so quickly, are relatively inexpensive, and we can take care of everything, such as installing the water and electrics, why not call Kingsley Build today for a free quote:

 

How we can build a perfect garden office for you

If you work for a company and perhaps work long hours from home? Well, 9-5 every day is a long time to work within your garden office if your not warm and comfortable. If you are self-employed or run own business, the hours you work, well might be much longer than that. So, it’s crucial that if you are considering having a garden office built, it’s not run of the mill type of garden room; it needs something spectacular, that’s well-built and built for optimum levels of comfort.

 

Here’s how we can build an extra comfortable garden office for you:

– We can install quality air-conditioning system
– We can install high quality oil filled radiators which can be switched on or off using a smart phone
– Extra thick quality insulation helps keep warm air in and cold air out
– Large windows fitted with agon gas help you to get a light airy feel to whole room while they windows still be energy efficient

So, to make your garden office as comfortable as possible, we recommend incorporating some of the following into your own garden office.

 

A garden office can help you achieve a better work-life balance

So, first things first, you might currently be weighing up if a garden office is worth the expense?

So, let us tell you what we think is main benefit of building a garden office is, and that it can help separate your work life from your home life.

 

Helps you switch off from work

If you work from home, you might keep opening your laptop and responding to e-mails late into the evening. Does this sound familiar? Well, sooner or later, through all that overworking, you may incur burnout.

If you’re working from home while your partner cooks a meal or pops out for a bit of shopping, if you’re running your own company well, you might think, let’s do another 30 minutes of work.

The problem is this can affect your home life and can easily lead to burnout if you work crazy long hours, and the lines between your personal life and work life can get blurred if you are working from say the kitchen table, so much so that you don’t allow yourself anytime to wind down before bed.

 

So how can a garden office help with this?

It’s a bit like the feeling when you drive away from the office at work at say 5:30pm. You will unlikely want to return at 7 pm once you’ve been home. You wont want drive back to work, switch on the lights, and start working until late.

This is the same for those who own a garden office; once you switch off the lights, lock all the doors and windows, and switch on the alarm system, that signals typically that the working day is finished so you can switch off, go to house enjoy nice glass of wine.

Then, after a short walk to the house, you can enjoy time with your family; therefore, there’s a clear distinction between family life and work life, that’s when you own a garden officewhich may help you get the balance right.

 

Make the room super comfortable

So, who’s worked for a company, and the office might have felt rather cold, drafty, and a bit whiffy with mould from that leaking roof no one has repaired?

Sometimes, some employees have to endure such working conditions, yet a garden office is your space to design and build how you want.

Put your own stamp on the garden room, add some art on the walls, top of the range speakers into the celling, and super comfortable side room for when you meet clients, with large sofa and table?

Push the boat out- why not add a kitchen to your garden office?

So why not have a great kitchen area for making teas and coffees?

 

Make it light and airy, helping to reduce eye strain

So, who’s worked in an office where overhead is just a mass of fluorescent light bulbs? Some might be flickering, there’s no natural light, and your eyes, well they may hurt at the end of each working day!

Yet, when our garden room company builds a garden office for you, we can install extra large aluminium framed windows, which can extend from floor to ceiling, and allowing more light to enter your garden office while you work.

Kitchen area

We can install a kitchen area for you within your garden office. This could be just a tiny kitchen with enough room to make teas and perhaps a microwave oven to heat up your food.

If, instead, you would like us to build a large garden office, you may want a huge kitchen area with a sink and integrated appliances, such as a dishwasher. You may also want a huge fridge and freezer, making it easier to make meals whilst working.

 

Gym area

So, for a lot of people, they may either go to the gym before work or immediately after. Yet, there are bound to be those days when you feel less energetic and want to skip that workout? So, why not have a gym area built into your garden office instead? You may find it much easier to start working out when you like, helping you get into a more consistent exercise routine, say just before lunch everyday?

Therefore, it’s not uncommon for homeowners who want a garden office built, to also incorporate a gym area. Why not also think about pushing the boat out and having a sauna built to the side of the building as well?
This way, when you’ve finished work, sending all those your work e-mails, it could then be your time to unwind within your own sauna?

 

We have now built many garden offices.

We have a super busy team who are busy driving all over West England, from Exeter down to Bristol, every week building our garden offices. Our customers like the fact that the garden buildings we produce are built to a very high standard. They are well built, made to last, and built how you would like them. So whether you want a garden office pod built, which can often be built in less than three weeks and cost 18k, or you may wish for a more luxurious option which can range in price up to 80k depending on the size of the building we are constructing. We can help. We now have over 7 years’ experience building our bespoke handmade garden rooms, so why not give us a call?

Which roofing options do you offer?

When you see most garden rooms that are pictured on social media, for example on Instagram or Facebook the building will typically will have an EPDM / Rubber flat roof.

By far, we would say that the most commonly used type of flat roof, used to build most garden rooms is a rubber roof or EPDM roof for sure- in matter most of our Bristol based customers insist on this option. However, when you contact our company, we can have a quick chat with you and explain the different options we can offer you over the phone.

Not only does the roof serve a functional purpose in protecting you and the contents of the building from the elements, but it can also help enhance your garden , by having a more decorative roof, for example, one constructed using cedar wooden tiles.

So, why not have a garden room built, that has a roof made of natural slate, wood or even steel?

 

 

What are the benefits of choosing a rubber roof or EPDM roof?

So we would say in excess of 75% of our customers opt for a rubber roof. This is often not chosen for the roofs appearance but due to the longevity a EPDM roof can offer.

What we mean by that is that a rubber roof will last long and need very little maintenance- if any at all. However, its important to know, this type of roof can’t be walked upon, that’s because you could puncture the rubber with say the grit that may well be on the sole of your shoe.
We would also say that many commercial roofs are now built using EPDM or rubber roofing as it’s more commonly referred to because this type of roof is inexpensive, quick to build, and very good at protecting the building from the rain.

 

Can you build a garden office or room with a roof that has wooden tiles?

When you think of a garden room, it will often be the centre of attention within your garden.
As you look out at the back of your property, lets say from the kitchen window, often the garden building will the building you will see the most. Therefore, some customers will want to spend that bit more on getting a roof built, that has a more ashetically appealing apperance, such as roof made using cedar wood.

Therefore, we can build a pitched roof and use wooden tiles made out of cedarwood.

This will look brilliant, and as the Cedar ages, the wood will change colour.

 

Do you offer to building “living roofs” or “green roofs”?

This is one of our most expensive roofing options, yet it’s one that some customers want because it can really enhance their garden.
It can allow plants and flowers to be built at a high elevation, allowing the garden room to blend more into its surroundings. That’s because as the plants grow, the roof can blend into the surrounding greenery of the trees and vegetation.

A living roof, for those that do not know is basically a flat roof, where you can grow plants; there will also be an integrated drainage system as well to allow water to soak away.

Now as you can imagine the extra weight of all that soil on top of the roof; it’s absolutely imperative that it’s reinforced and that the whole building is made extra strong, to be able to withhold the weight of that roof.

Making the roof structurally strong increases the cost, so opting for this roof is a more expensive option.

You might want, for example, to be growing wildflowers on the roof of your garden room.

 

Can you build a roof using Welsh slate?

Here in Great Britain, we still produce very high-quality Welsh slate. This type of roof has a fantastic appearance, and if you were to talk to most roofers, they would say that we here in Britain still make some of the best slate in the world.
Therefore not only does Welsh slate look fantastic on any roof, but it’s also very long-lasting and will provide excellent protection from the elements.

 

Would you like a roof made using metal sheeting?

We would say this is not a hugely popular option, yet its still a great roof, in terms of being relatively low cost to build and also long lasting.
We would say a steel roof, such as a roof made using corrugated steel sheets, is often used on garage roof, and not so often used as a roof on a garden room.

Some people like this industrial appearance; so you may want a pitched roof made of metal sheeting?
It’s important to note that metal sheeting also comes in different designs; you can have corrugated iron sheeting, which is galvanised and relatively simple in terms of how it’s constructed.

Then, there are more complicated types of metal sheeting with a sandwiched layer of insulation built into them.

We can, therefore, offer you so many different roofing options to choose from:

As you can see, there are so many different options regarding which roof option you want added to your garden room.
For example, you could have a living roof where wildflowers / plants can be grown o the roof, right through to industrial-style metal sheet roofing.

 

Why not produce your own energy?

Last but not least, we would highly recommend thinking about whether or not on your garden building you would like solar panels fitted to the roof.

As we all know, energy prices at the moment are pretty high, therefore the prospect of having a garden building constructed that needs more lighting and heating, well you might be worried about the running costs of purchasing a garden building?

However, you could add solar panels on the roof, which could harvest the sun’s rays and turn them into electricity.
You are, therefore, helping to protect the planet; you are also producing your own electricity, and we can easily add solar panels to the roof of any garden building.

 

Bristol

Six days a week, we are busy offering free quotations to our customers to build our luxurious garden buildings. You might want to meet us in the morning, evening, or even on a Saturday? We can then supply you with a free quotation.
To book an appointment where we can come and see you and offer you a free quotation, then why not call us?

 

 

 

How can we design a garden room so that it is built in a more sustainable and eco-friendly way?

 

Date: 22/11/2023

Sustainability

 

 

Its crucial that we all play our role in protecting the planet, so when a garden building is being built its important to consider the following:

Which building materials can we use, that are more environmentally friendly?
Which building materials will last the longest, ensuring durability
Which building materials need less maintenance, so less chemicals can be used to coat say the exterior wood?

 

Sustainable architecture

A garden room in our view, shouldn’t be something that’s purchased cheaply and then starts to fall apart in a relatively short space of time.

Its often a building that the owner will spend considerable time within the building, either working, or perhaps spending a lot of say their retirement enjoying a hobby, such as listening to music and taking in the view that surrounds the owner’s property.

Therefore, the building needs to be cleverly designed.

-It needs to incorporate building materials which have less impact on the environment during their manufacturing process
– Needs to insulate the building to make the building more energy efficient

Built to be as energy efficient as possible

 

 

Let’s say your home in Bristol is surrounded by countryside, rolling hills, large fields, and some woodland.
Your garden building is going to be a freestanding structure, every side exposed to the wind, rain and hail.
It needs to not just be able to keep the water out, but be very energy efficient, as otherwise, it will cost a huge amount to keep the electric heaters on constantly.

Recycled materials / reclaimed building materials

Steel sheets

 

 

Steel is often made from recycled steel, and it can be used to clad the sides of the garden room that might not get seen that often.

For example, the back, and the two sides can be clad with steel sheets, not only does this lessen the amount of wood that is needed to build the building, but also, metal sheets last a long time, need practically no maintenance.

 

Composite

 

Secondly, we would recommend wherever possible to use composite cladding, decking and facia boards.
We would encourage you to use composite that’s made using recycled plastics.

 

Reclaimed timber

Dotted all across Bristol are reclamation yards, and most people think, that within these yards, there’s just Victorian chimney pots, flag stones, and old post boxes.

Yet a lot of these yards do sell, reclaimed timber, so this is often a fraction of the price of new timber, yet, if it wasn’t purchased, it might have been put through a machine and made into biomass.

So, by purchasing reclaimed timber, this is a good decision if you want to help to protect the planet, because, the timber might have otherwise be burnt, for energy generation.

The timber bought in reclamation yards is normally perfectly good, and can be used to build the structural timbers, which are used to construct the garden room.

 

Renewable energy

Some of the garden buildings we build are large, therefore they will have a big roof, that’s often just made from a large sheet of rubber.

Yet, why not add solar panels, so you can start to generate electricity?

 

Water harvesting

 

You could have downpipes, which lead to a water butt, this is very simple to do, yet can help to store water, so you can use this to water the plants

 

Material Selection

 

Insulation

Its absolutely crucial, that each wall, ceiling and floor is well insulated, if not the building will often be too cold to use in the winter months.

To ensure the room can be kept at a comfortable temperature, we would recommend sheeps wool insulation is used or panel insulation.

 

Experienced builders

 

 

The whole building should be well built, and built to last. If its not, if low quality building materials are used, then the building will often start to leak.

The water leaks may well be small, but ingress of water into the wooden OSB boards, can cause the roof to collapse, black spores to develop inside which are dangerous to health.

This is why its important every part of the building is well built.

 

Let us help you to design a eco-friendly garden room

We can build a garden building which is built to be ecofriendly. We can add solar panels, water buts, for water harvesting.

We can add sheep’s wool insulation to the walls, we can use reclaimed timber, as well as composite cladding boards, which are made using recycled plastics.

If you would like to discuss how you would like your garden room to be built, then why not call us?

 

Will you be remote working this winter? Why not purchase a garden office from us?

 

 

How people work in the U.K has changed massively in recent years. Sure, we have rush hour traffic, with all the hustle and bustle that comes with getting to the office on time. But, for a lot of us, things have changed, no longer working the 9-5 in an office block, a lot of us are now working more from home.

Online meetings are now the norm, which can help save so much time, as who wants to be driving an hour each way to get to the meeting?
Yet working from home, well that can come with its own issues, such as constant distractions from other members of family. For example, you might be diligently getting your excel spreadsheet ready, yet, a someone wants to keep talking to you about something on the t.v last night.

A fully insulated, well built garden office, constructed by Kingsley offers the perfect solution, for those that want a quiet, peaceful place, where they can go, with a nice cup of coffee in hand, and get their work done.

A unique workspace

Some workspaces are not inspiring places to be, set in an large office, with artificial light, and stuffy air.
So, a garden office, well, its your blank canvass, you can have the room as large as you like, within the constraints of planning permission of course. Yet, you can have your artwork on the wall, and have the building built around you.

Why not have some gym equipment in the corner, so you can work out when you want?

Why not have a quality sound system, a really high-quality set of speakers, so if you fancy 10 minutes of listening to your favourite track then why not?

 

Could you simply get more done?

So, for those of us that work from home, the day does seem to go pretty quickly. And sure, its good to take breaks, but when you’re chatting to friends, doing the laundry and doing a bit of exercise, before you know it its 5:30 the days over, and well, you might be behind on tasks.
So, a garden room, can offer a quiet space to work, less distractions, so you can tick off those work tasks, and you might find your able to stay on track, in terms of getting more work completed.

 

Are garden offices warm in the winter?

Nice and warm in winter

Some garden offices, well, there just simply wooden sheds with windows- however our garden offices are built in a totally different way. We build our buildings for all around use, so we would recommend that an air-conditioning unit is added, and we often add electric heaters, plus panel insulation. When all of these are incorporated within the building, in any season, the building can be used, and the occupant kept cosy.

 

Distractions

Noisy neighbours, knocks on the door from cold callers, someone watching the TV too loudly, it can all be a distraction, that stops you getting your work completed. Therefore, what’s needed is a quite space to work, so if you were to ask us, what’s the main benefit of having a garden office built, well, its that the room can be a great place to just focus on getting work done, with less distractions.

 

Can you put a price on peace and quiet?

So, sure, there’s no two ways about it, getting a garden office built, it’s a large outlay at the start. Yet when you’re sitting in the room, with an cup of tea in hand, your getting your work done, your not distracted, and at the end of the working day you just lock the room up, well you might have just wished you bought one sooner.

 

Why not give us a call?

Sometimes, a homeowner will think that the construction process, in terms of building the garden office may go on for months- yet, most of our buildings are built, ready for use in less than 3 weeks.

Plus, we have a large team of builders, 10 full time staff now working in the South West, so unlike some companies, you don’t have to be added to long waiting list, before we can start construction work. Because we have so many installers, sometimes, we offer a quote on the Friday, and if accepted over the weekend, sometimes, we are there the following Monday morning to start work!

 

We can build your dream garden room- here’s some pointers to help you gain the garden building of your dreams

 

 

Date: 20/11/2023

Designing a garden room to most homeowners is what a blank canvass is to an artist.

It’s a blank canvass, because you can design the building to your own tastes, to incorporate features that really make working or unwinding that all the more comfortable.

However, its bit like forking out on a new car, you’re going to want it to have everything you need, as otherwise, you may wish, well you had picked a different model. And here at Kingsley Build, well, we are all about total customer satisfaction.

So, lets, dive into some of what we think are the most important factors when designing your garden room.

 

How much time will you spend in the room?

So, this may sound a rather silly question at first, because you might think, well how long is a piece of string.
But generally speaking, if you’re going to be within the room for a long period, then you most definitely will want space dedicated for a bathroom.

If you’re like most people here in the U.K, and you can’t think of the thought of getting through the working day, without a nice cup of tea, well, you’re most likely going to need a kitchen.

If you’re going to use the building purely for work, say 50+ plus a week, then you might not care too much where the building is positioned.
However, if the room going to be used as a place to unwind, then you might want to think about elevating the building, so that the windows allow more of a view to the surrounding scenery.

 

Heating and cooling

Here in the U.K we all know it can get mighty cold during the winter, yet, a lot of people might not think about how they are going to cool the room?

Sure, you might think, I will just fold back the bi-folding doors, let the cool air flow in?

However, on a hot, stuffy summers day, a garden room, with a giant black roof, can attract the suns rays, plus, when there’s no wind, it might feel, well rather hot within the room.

So, why not therefore have a small air conditioning unit added, this wont cost that much extra, yet, if your going to be spending ample time in the building during the summer, then it’s a must.

 

Calculate the amount of internal space you need

So, often garden rooms are bought just on there overall dimensions, which makes perfect sense, yet what’s often forgotten is how much internal space there will be.

When you add the exterior cladding, the insulation, the structural timbers, the plasterboard, well, this can often dramatically eat into the amount of internal space.

So, if you were to have a small garden office built, and then you add thick insulation, which is often needed, well, you may well be left with an internal space, that’s simply not large enough to swing a cat.

So, you do need to obtain two sets of measurements from your garden room company, that is the exterior dimensions, but the internal size as well.
As otherwise, the room may feel cramped, and not somewhere you want to spend much time at all.

 

Blend into your surroundings or standout

Often customers sit at polar opposites on this issue, either they would quite like there garden room or office to stand out and be the centre of attention within their garden.

On the other hand, you might like the building to blend in, be discreet, or even be behind a large holly bush within the garden, so its totally out of sight?

 

Doesn’t have to be wood

So, when we think about garden buildings, often they are made from an entirely wood construction.
Yet, what about a building that’s made of brick or block, and then you could even have the building then clad with wood.

For example, the building could have the strength of a breeze block building, yet be clad with say red cedar wood.

 

Choose a garden room company that can offer you 3D Designs

Its important to be able to visualise what the building will look like prior to it being built, as otherwise, you might have a building built, that you dislike as soon as construction work is finished.

You may have opted for example powder coated grey windows, a black EPDM roof, plus also dark composite building. And when the designs come back, you may not like how dark the building is.

You may which then to opt instead for light, natural wood cladding that you really like, so what’s great about choosing our company is, we can create a set of 3D designs, to help you to visualise what the garden room will look, prior to even a single drop of concrete is poured or wood cut.

You can the alter the 3D designs until you are happy with them.

 

Privacy

If you’re sitting back, enjoying a can of fizzy pop, well watching the football highlights, well, your not going to want to feel, as through all your neighbours can look in, and see you while your unwinding watching the rugby / football match.

So do consider how large you want the windows to be, and on each elevation. We would recommend paying that bit more for blinds within the window panes, or just blinds to be added.

Also, often there will be a side wall or rear wall, where you are not overlooked, so why not have the largest window on that side?

 

Garden storage

Often a lot of homeowners will have a garage or shed demolished to make way for their new garden room. However, when that building is removed, often there’s then no where for say the lawn mower.

So we would recommend having a larger garden room built, which has a side storage room, so you can open the door, and place all your items within. This side storage, although its part of the main building, its separate from the main room as it will be separated by an internal wall.

 

Don’t let the work drag on forever and a day

So, some companies, not all, may take an initial deposit, start building work, that’s laying say the concrete base, and then you might not see anyone in terms of builders for weeks.

This may occur during the summer, when most garden room businesses are at their busiest, rather than losing the work, they may start the work, knowing full well, they cannot return for a long period.

So do agree a vague completion date, of course, its good to have some leniency – as bad weather such as down pours, boggy ground, or just it being so hot, its exhausting too work.

So, you do need, allow some extra time, yet do agree a rough completion date for the work.

 

Hire us, we have now built a huge number of garden buildings

A lot of garden room companies seem to go and come, one year here, then vanished. However, we now have been building garden rooms for 7 years. We build quality, and although a lot of work comes from Google, we also have many customers, who recommend us to their friends or family, and we then build a garden room for them also.

We have been proudly building high quality garden offices and rooms for 7 years, if you would like a summerhouse built why not call us?

 

A step-by-step guide to purchasing a garden building with us

 

Introduction

Purchasing a garden room is a huge purchase for most homeowners, its one which if often involves the customers thinking carefully how they want each aspect of the building to look.

And we thought it would be a good idea to write a quick guide, explaining exactly how the process works in terms of us designing and building a garden room.

 

First step

Will planning permission be needed?

This is an important question to consider, because sometimes, not always, planning permission will be needed. If so, and planning permission is needed, then this could mean that several months may well be required, before the application is granted.

Thankfully however, we would say that most of the time, with most of the buildings we construct, planning permission is not needed.
The building can be built straight away, through planning laws, which are called “permitted development” of the building. This simply means, we can often just spend less than 10 minutes in your garden, and if you know the size building you want built, we can often just recommend if planning permission is required or not.

Often in a spacious garden, for most of our customers, we don’t need to seek planning permission, which is good news, as our builders could start work then as soon as you would like.

 

The design

There are quite literally hundreds of different variations to choose from, from different cladding options, which can be made from steel, wood or composite, through to which colour you want the window frames to be, there’s so many options.

So, what’s great about picking our company, is, you may have an interior design magazine, these often feature garden rooms that have been built, and you may say “I want it built exactly like that”- and that’s exactly what we can deliver for the client.

 

3-D Design

The next stage is, for a small additional cost, we can get 3-D designs created, these can incorporate the window choice, the door choice, the choice of cladding roofing and decking.

It can give an impression, of what the garden building could look like once it’s been built.
Often, the customer will like the design, say yes, please go ahead and build this building for me.

However, sometimes, the customer may come back and say, I don’t really like the look of the sedum roof, can be get rid of that, and please redesign the drawings so that there’s just a flat roof made from EPDM, and we can then change the drawings, and get these sent back to the customer, to see if they like the new design.

 

Designs approved

Then its time to get the building materials ordered and placed within the garden.

We often place the wood, roofing items, windows, doors, the exterior cladding in a place within the customers property. If they have for example, a dry garage this would be perfect.

This enables all the exact building materials to be ordered from Travis Perkins, once delivered, our builders can start work.

Often work starts by pouring concrete for the foundations, however, sometimes the customer may have opted for “ground screws”- so this means, that we use a separate company to install these, and they will start to install these for you.

 

Painting and decorating

Right at the end of the construction process, for an additional cost, we can paint and decorate the room for you.

 

Handover to the client

Then its simply time to handover the new room to the client, and to make sure we don’t leave any wood, plastics or waste in the client’s garden.

We therefore, tidy up and any waste we place in the skip outside.

 

Off-hire the waste skip

Then the final part, is for us to call the skip hire company, in order to get the skip taken away and sent back to the skip hire company.

 

Would you like a garden room built?

We have now built a large number of garden offices and rooms across the city of Bristol. Its more than likely we have built a building a short distance from where you live, sometimes our previous clients are so happy with their garden building, that we have constructed for them, they are more than happy to show someone around the building that’s interested in buying one.

What’s great about this is, some garden room companies have large showrooms, but these buildings are new, and often built indoors. Because our customers are sometimes happy for someone to have a quick look at the building, you get to see the building, that’s perhaps now 3 years old, so you get to see exactly what the building looks like once its weathered, and you will see that our buildings still look brilliant even when they have been used daily for a long period of time.

 

Would you like a garden building built?

Why not give us a ring? We have a full-time sales person, who now works 6 days a week, who’s happy to book you in for a free quote, but also to answer any questions you may have.

So, if you want a garden bar, garden office or garden gym built, we are the company to call

 

A step-by-step guide to how we build our garden rooms

We have written a step-by-step guide to how we build our garden buildings within the city of Bath and also within in Bristol.

 

 

 

Here’s why a garden office pod can offer a great place to work

 

Date: 15/11/2023

 

Garden Office Pods

A garden office pod can offer a very affordable way to obtain an extra room, where you can work, plus it comes with the benefits that the building is completely detached from your house. This means it can offer a quiet space to get work done.

What’s great about picking our garden room company, is that the entire building is built to the specification you want. Simply meaning that you can get your garden office set up the way you would like.

For example, you might want a large window positioned on a certain wall, just Infront of where your desk will be, so you can look out while you’re working.

 

Quiet

When you’re busy working in the house, there are often plenty of distractions. Somebody might be speaking to loudly on the phone, or the smell of tomato-based pasta dish cooking within the kitchen might be making your stomach rumble? There might somebody wanting you to help them with some house chores?

These are all distractions, which could make you less productive, but if you have a garden office, the building is detached, it can offer a peaceful and quiet place to get your work completed away from the house.

 

We build bespoke garden offices

A lot of jobs that are advertised, say on Indeed now actually specify that they want the employee to work from home on a full time or a part time basis. Before it used to be hard work having to drive back and for an office, during rush hours, but a lot of companies now at least offer hybrid working so you don’t have to commute back and fore work.

Therefore, what you can do is have a well-built, quality garden office pod built by us, but allows a great place for you to get your work done, while enjoying looking out over your garden at all of the flowers and plants.

 

Could make your property more saleable

Let’s say that there are three similar properties for sale on RightMove on the same street that you live on, yet yours has a garden office pod- so you might have the edge over the other people who are trying to sell their house on your street.

For example, somebody looking to buy a house, might be working from home themselves, so they say right, we are buying that house rather than the other ones on the street, simply because that one has a garden office.

 

 

What exactly is a garden office pod?

There are many names that are used to describe a garden building, from a “garden gym” right through to a summerhouse.
All of these descriptions relate to a building that often freestanding (detached).

So the garden building is often totally detached from the house, and can be used for a wide range of purposes, from a place to work, to a place to simply sit down and enjoy a nice gin and tonic in the afternoon.

Therefore, “garden office pod”, is often just the description given to a building, that is often quite compact, and used as a place of work

 

You don’t need to have a large garden to own a garden room

Sometimes, when a shopper looks on social media say on Instagram, they will often see various UK garden room companies advertising huge massive garden rooms being built. The type that could easily cost in excess of 40k.

Often the person seeing these huge garden rooms being built, say in Instagram might think well that company might not be able to build a compact garden office within my garden.

Yet even if you have a small garden, let’s say that you have a new property, that has a relatively small garden, then we are often able to still fit a garden office pod within a small garden.

It might mean that our hard-working labourers, will have to dismantle say old wooden garden shed, and break up the patio slabs with a sledgehammer, in order to create a space for the new building to be built, yet we can complete this work for you.
Often our compact garden rooms will fit within most small gardens.

 

 

Enhance your garden

Some people are put off from having a summerhouse built, because they think that they will have a huge garden building that will simply take up too space within the garden.

They might think the garden room will look overpowering and take up too much of the garden.
However there are clever ways that we can design and build your garden room, so it blends into its surroundings, for example, why not opt for green cladding?

 

Will we have to wait an eternity for planning permission to be granted?

Often, the vast majority of our garden offices, are normally built, under what is called “permitted development”.
However, it’s important to check, it’s important to check with your local council whether planning permission is needed or not. To do this you might need to talk to an architect or simply talk to us and we will be able to offer you advice.

 

Will it be freezing within the room during the winter?

With some garden room companies, the building has a thin outer wall, which simply means that there’s nothing to keep jack frost out of the building.

However, our buildings are different, there’s exterior cladding, there is a breathable membrane, then there’s thick insulation, then there’s plasterboard. Then you can add on top of that, electric heaters which can quickly raise the temperature within the building.

 

More affordable than you might think

You might want a garden office built, yet when you’ve spent some time on Facebook, you might think such a building will cost a lot to build, and you haven’t got the budget?

You might originally that such a building will cost 50k or perhaps 60k?

But what if we were to tell you that we build garden office pods, which have a starting price of just £18,000- that’s right we can build a quality building, at this low price.

 

Larger buildings available

This whole article has been dedicated to explaining the benefits of owning a compact and small garden office- but that’s not the only type of buildings that we construct.

We also construct much larger garden buildings as well.

 

Why not start designing your garden office with us today?

What’s great about hiring us, is we have a design team.

Our garden room design team will meet you in person or have a chat with you over the phone to see how you would like your garden office to be constructed.

Once they’ve written down the exact specification that you would like built, they can then start to begin creating 3-D drawings, this is to see if you like the design of your garden room prior to it being built.

Over a cup of refreshing tea, you might think, I don’t really like that colour of cladding, it’s too dark, I don’t want composite grey cladding any more on my garden room.

In which case you can simply talk to our design team, they will explain all the different options that we offer, we can then also redesign the design and send it back to you to see if you like that colour of cladding instead.

 

Built to last

There are some UK garden room companies, that may even offer you a cheaper price than £18,000, but what you do have to consider is how long the building last?

With some companies, they might not offer insulation, or to install the electrics, or they might just install single glazed glass.

We don’t do not do any of this, we can install the electrics, we had quality insulation, and every building that we have constructed has double glazing fitted.

 

Why not get a quote today?

We can often turn a quote around within 48 hours

we also build the following garden buildings

– Garden bars
– Cinema rooms
– Home gyms that

Would you like a garden cinema built?

 

Introduction

A lot of us like to visit the cinema’s as often as we can, that immersive experience of watching say an action, horror or comedy can offer a welcome break after a week at work.

Yet, cinemas, well they run to their own schedules of times and, well for lot of, we may want to watch films when we want.
This is what a cinema room can offer, a cinema room, a place to go and unwind when you want afterwork.

So, whether its Mrs Doubt Fire or a Jason Statham action film, a cinema room can make a great place to just go and unwind.
Things to think about when purchasing a garden cinema?

 

 

Acoustics

So, you might be having surround sound speakers added to the room, which may sound simply fantastic!
Yet, when your blasting says an action film at top volume, well, your neighbours may not appreciate this at all.

So, we would recommend that if you’re thinking about getting a cinema room built, to have sound proofing added to the walls, and ceiling, to try and contain some of that noise- trust us, your neighbours will thank us for this, when you decide to watch a comedy at 12pm on a Friday at full volume.

 

Insulation

So, you’re most likely going to want to watch films as much in the winter as you are the summer.
In matter of fact, because it cold, wet and dark outside, well, you might end up using your cinema room more in the winter than the summer.

So, its crucial that the building is built with ample amounts of insulation.

If the building doesn’t have ample amounts of insulation, well, its likely to be a very cold room, even with the heating on, it may quickly escape, and be a very costly room to keep warm.

So, so consider sheep’s wools insulation, rock wool or panel insulation.

 

 

Internal room

It’s important if you’re going to use the room as a cinema room, that there’s enough distance between you and the screen or the projector. Otherwise, you’re not going to enjoy that action film, if you are sat too close to the screen.

So, consider having a larger garden room built, so you have ample distance between you and the screen.

 

Electrics

Some garden room companies don’t install the electrics, they ask the customer to hire their own electrician.
However, we can install all of the electrics for you.

 

Bathroom

So, when your half way through a film, and you need the toilet, well, you won’t want to go running through the garden, to get back to use the main toilet in the house.

So, we would always recommend, paying that bit more, just to have a lavatory, extractor fan, wash hand basin, and an electric towel rail fitted.

 

Roof

Something we would say some people overlook when comparing garden rooms, and the quotes provided by their respected manufactures is the roof.

However, it’s really the roof that dictates the longevity of the building, in terms of, if the roof starts to leak, after say a year, and starts to seep into the plasterboard and internal timbers, the whole room will smell of damp.

So, you do need a good roof, one that will last a long period, but most importantly, you want a roof guaranteed to last. So, you have then the total peace of mind, that if there are any issues, the company should come back and repair the roof for you.

 

Windows and blinds

If the room is going to be used as a cinema room, then we would recommend having windows and doors fitted, where within the panes of glass are high quality blinds.

So, for example if you’re watching a film during the daytime, you can simply close the blinds, and enjoy watching your film.

 

How we can help

We have now built so many garden buildings, these buildings are used for such a wide range of purposes, from practicing golf, using a golf simulator through to being used as a home gym. Prices start from as low as 18k.

We can work with your fitness instructor create perfect garden gym

 

Garden gyms are simply in huge demand throughout the country. We receive countless e-mails each week to build fitness studios up and down the U.K.

We now travel right throughout the county building bespoke garden gyms for our customers.

We can work with your personal instructor or your yoga instructor, who can help us to design a gym. The room can be insulated, air conditioned and heated, so it can be used throughout the seasons.

Bespoke garden rooms

 

You might require a certain width of garden room built, this so that you can place a large dumbbell rack within the garden gym.
Alternatively you might be a yoga instructor, and want to run some classes from home? So you need a large fitness studio built in your garden?

 

Large windows making the space light and airy

You might also want a floor to ceiling glass windows installed- so that you can place a treadmill in front of the window allowing paramomic views over the surrounding countryside.

We can work with your personal trainer / yoga instructor to help design your garden gym.

 

We can work with your personal instructor, to help design the internal layout of your gym.

We can also discuss with the gym equipment manufacturers, as well as your fitness instructor as well as to discuss how high you want the ceilings to be, in order to fit all of the gym equipment within the room.

 

Have you built many garden gyms / yoga studios?

 

Yes, we have built garden gyms now right throughout the South West.

 

 

What are the benefits of owning a garden gym?

 

When you talk most motivated and also the most committed exercise fanatics, such as body builders, they will often tell you that it’s all too easy sometimes just the skip going to the gym. Perhaps work commitments get in the way, or its just a cold and wet winters evening, and the person doesn’t fancy working out that night.

A garden gym however makes it easier to keep committed to the workout routine

A garden gym makes it much more convenient to work out whenever you want

However, when you own your own gym equipment at home, it just makes it so much easier to start to exercising and work out whenever you like. So, instead of skipping that day at the gym, because its so easy to fit a quick workout in, because the gym equipment is at the end of the garden, you might find that by owning your own garden gym, you end up working out much more regularly.

 

Help save you time and also expense

 

A lot of time is spent by us stuck in dense traffic, just annoyed with how slow the cars are moving. Which can mean when you add it up, perhaps 5+ wasted in traffic, driving to the local gym.

And obviously being stuck in traffic, can be a total waste of time. Because it might take some people over an hour to get to the gym after work.

However, when you hire Kingsley and our expert team of garden room builders, then we can build a garden room for you in a short period of time, that you can use when you like, and you never have to drive to your local gym again.

 

Outdoor fitness area

Often a homeowner may have a fitness instructor coming around to their house, say around three times a week.
Sometimes the fitness instructor will often want to also exercise with the customer within the garden and to say push ups on the lawn.
You might therefore want your garden completely landscaped, and we also landscaping services as well. This way you can exercise in the garden gym when its wet and cold, yet when its warm, you might want to work out in your garden?

 

Built for comfort

 

When you go to some large gyms after work, sometimes they will have all of the gym equipment in large warehouse, such as light industrial units.

The problem with that is that these gyms can be extremely cold during the winter months, because the building is so large its difficult to keep warm, and they can feel a bit hot and stuffy during the summer working out in a greenhouse. So temperate can differ so much in a large gym.

We can build climate-controlled garden rooms

 

When you purchase a garden gym from us, we can work with you to recommend different air-conditioning units and also install heating options as well, so that you can have the building set at a temperature that you like

Would you like a luxurious garden gym built?

 

Perhaps you just like to do yoga a few times a week within your garden gym? Alternatively, perhaps you are a bodybuilder and you want a large gym built in your garden so you can spend every evening in their working on your biceps. We can help by building a well made, affordable, top quality garden gym for you.

 

Are your garden buildings built in an environmentally friendly way?

 

Garden rooms are now one of the most commonly used ways to obtain more living space. Often a fraction of the price of a conventual extension added to a home, yet, you can obtain ample living room.

Yet, because there is a huge amount of building materials which are needed to construct a large room, you might currently be on Google looking for a company which can build a “eco-garden room”– which is simply building, which is designed and built in such a way it has less impact on the environment.

So, grab a cup of tea, and why not let us explain why we are one of the most popular eco-garden room builders in the whole of Bristol.
FSC timber or better still reclaimed timber can be used.

So, reclaimed timber, is often wood that’s bought either directly from a demolition company locally or perhaps a local salvage yard.

This wood otherwise might have ended up as biomass, yet instead, because the timber has been salvaged, and resold, it could be used to construct your garden building, and is just as good as new timber.

Alternatively, some customer might want new wood, and we can supply FSC timber, which simply means the wood has come from forests, often from Eastern Europe, where the forests are carefully managed, so that the wood is being replaced, and new trees are being grown, to replace the ones which are cut down to make timber.

So, these forests, are being sustainably managed, and you can be rest assured that all the timber we buy is FSC approved wood.

 

Made to last

We arguably live in a throw away culture, if something doesn’t work, we simply throw it away and get online and buy a replacement item.
Yet this throw away culture create so much waste, so many drives to the local council recycling tip and the need to hire waste skips.

What you don’t want is to purchase a really cheap summerhouse, which just doesn’t last the test of time. It might be drafty, cold, damp inside, and say after say less that 3 years on use, you might be fed up with how much its costing to heat, and you deem the room as a waste of space in your garden, that could be put to better use, if the building was demolished. So, this creates waste, which causes more incineration or more land fill waste.

So instead, we like the philosophy of building something so its better quality, made to last, offering better value for money. This is why, when you call us, often we are not the cheapest garden room builder often by some margin, but what we can offer is quality buildings.

 

Insulation is key

So, if you have say three electric radiators switched on say 9 to 5pm every single day, and all that heat is escaping through the roof, the walls, and floor, well, this is not energy efficient at all. Your electric bill is likely to be sky-high, and may make you scream when you read the figure which is owed.

So, its most definitely, worth hiring a garden room company, which will cram the entire building with insulation. Its also important to have a conversation with the builder about which insulation they are going to be using, there’s so many types, from rolls of fibreglass insulation, we don’t tend to use this option. There’s also a 100% natural options, that’s sheep’s wool, yet we think one of the best options is thick, very thick panel insulation, just simply because, it can be cut neatly, placed tight to the structural timbers, which are holding up the building, and it has excellent thermal insulation properties.

 

Less commuting

So, its important to build a garden room, so it has less impact on the environment. Yet, its also important to say, that when you own a garden office or building, you might not have to get the car and travel so much to a place of work in Bristol. Therefore, potentially saving you thousands on diesel and petrol, of course this depends on how much you travel.

So, there’s the cost saving to not buying so many fossil fuels, but that walk to your garden office, rather than using the car to drive to a place of work, also helps protect the environment.

 

Would you like an eco-garden room built?

If you would like an eco-garden room built, then why not talk to the experts, we can come and offer you a free quote, anytime you like.

 

 

 

Absolute “must haves” when purchasing a garden office

Us Brits, well we sure do work a lot, for some of us 40+ and we’re about to start our own company and we are entrepreneurs, well much longer than that for some of us.

So, if a garden office is going to be the main place you are going to work, well, its important that the room is made as comfortable as possible.

Here’s our list of absolute “must haves” when purchasing a garden office

 

Small kitchen area

Britain was built off the back of a refreshing cup of tea, its true, no matter how much work we have to do, no matter how tall that mountain seems, it all seems possible after a refreshing cup of tea.

Yet, what you don’t want is just a little cupboard with a tea bags, some sugar and milk, of course may do the job, but tea and you deserve more, you deserve a small kitchen area- after all that milk needs to be kept cool.

So, if you have just sketched down on a piece of paper the dimensions of your garden office, extend that some more for the kitchen. And if you run out of space, in terms of the width of your garden room, due to the garden wall being in the way, fear not, its time to think about getting an L-shaped garden room built.

That bit of extra space, could have a few kitchen cabinets, a fridge, and yes, the all-important kettle.

 

Air conditioning

Work and time stop for no one, it all keeps marching on.

And when you have a lot of work to complete in your garden office, you’re not going to want to feel as though your getting cooked.

You don’t want to emerge from the garden office, so hot and sweaty your neighbour shouts “have you just bought a sauna for your garden”- which won’t help the situation.

So, instead your going to want to be as cool as a cucumber, nice and cool, when completing your work, so much so, you can get your work done in absolute comfort, while sipping on a fizzy beverage.

 

Insulation- you want the room crammed with the stuff

So, some companies offer fantastic offers on their website to build a garden room, some great prices, “we can build a new garden room in a day for 10,000”- great, but what if come winter, your so cold, you feel you may have frost bite being in there for too long.

Being frozen, is not going to put you in the best mood to get much work done.

So, you need insulation, but not any old cheap insulation, no, no, no, you need ultra thick insulation, crammed into the walls and floor, and ceiling, so even with the smallest of heaters you feel the room become nice and warm in a short space of time.

Lots of natural light

It’s important to have a think about where the garden office will be placed in your garden. You’re going to want it to be illuminated, by natural sun light, so think about where you get as much sunlight into the room as possible. On those short winter days, you’re not going to want to work under artificial light all day, so we recommend the following:

Consider positioning the garden room to get much light as possible

 

Think about adding sky-lights

Think about having bi-folding doors, yet the doors should have blinds within them, so you adjust how bright you want the room to be.

 

A toilet

So, when your away, on a piece of work, you may need a toilet break, and its not ideal, to keep having to unlock the garden room, run down the garden, into the house, to use toilet there.

So even you have a small garden office built, we can often build a room, doesn’t have to be very big, you can a small wash hand basin, with hot and cold water, a hand dryer, a compact toilet, and also a towel rail, to keep your towels nice and warm.

 

Doors which are a piece of cake to open

So, these are important details think about when purchasing a garden office, that’s because, its well and good a garden room company making their buildings look amazing on the website.

Yet, when you’re living and working in the building daily, well, you might find there’s some problems with the design.

You might find that the doors are difficult to open, it may require a big nudge to start to fold back the bi-folding doors. Or they might not fit the frame that well, with large gaps, with cold air constantly flowing through the bi-folds, causing it to be freezing in the room, even though you may have the heating switched up to the absolute max.

So, its these small details that matter, so how do we ensure you are getting a quality garden room?

Well, we have gone through massive amount of effort, to find suppliers, that supply us with quality building materials. We have been out to meet many window and door suppliers, we now exclusively use one company, that we know, offers us quality window and door every time we place an order with them.

 

Decking

So, when you’re completing your work, you often will need to take a break, enjoy a nice cup of coffee. Yet you won’t want to spend the whole day working in your garden office, so why not have a huge decked area, complete with nice glass balustrades, with a patio table and chairs, so you can sit out on the composite decking, take in the views, while sipping on a nice espresso coffee

 

Long lasting

So, whether your spending 30 thousand or 70 thousand with us, we completely understand that the building needs to be long lasting, well made, good quality. This is why we offer an extra long guarantee, some garden offices don’t come with guarantees like we offer, and sure, there are often companies which are cheaper than us. Yet, so many people ask us to build their garden office, because they have read our many business reviews, and they know they will be obtaining a good quality room, that comes with an extra long guarantee.

 

Keep the warmth for much longer

Energy prices have gone through the roof, some people get very nervous when opening their latest energy bill, and with good reason, as electric and gas is now expensive. So, this might be one reason why some households in Bristol don’t buy a garden building, because they may think that to heat a detached garden building, using electric heating will cost too much.

And its true, electric is expensive at the moment, yet, because energy costs so much, this is why the building has to be designed with energy efficiency in mind. Some garden room companies, don’t think like this, they just, aim to offer the cheapest price they can, and sell in bulk to many homeowners.

However, prefer to sell more energy efficient buildings, and we do this, by adding insulation, we have a chat with our customers, we say to them, which insulation option would you like?

Then we explain that we add sheep’s wool, which is 100% natural, long lasting, very good insulating properties. Then there’s Rockwool, again really good quality, easy to install, plus there’s also panel insulation as well.

So you have one of these, or all of these, used when building your garden office, so you are kept nice and warm in building. So sure, you still need to consume electric to heat the room, but the room is more energy efficient, so because of the quality insulation, crammed into the walls, this simply helps to keep the room warmer, and you may not need to have the electric oil filled radiators on as much as would have, because your top quality insulation installed.

 

What are garden buildings often used for?

 

Date: 06/11/2023

Author: Ryan Walsh

 

Here at Kingsley Build, we have been building luxury and well-made garden rooms now for well over 7 years now. During this time we have built our buildings across the U.K we have been busy bee’s building our garden buildings for our customers.

 

We build the following garden buildings:

Garden offices
Garden bars
Garden rooms

Because the buildings we build can vary so much in terms of shape, design and also size, well, a lot of people will be wondering what defines a garden room, as a garden room? What’s for example the difference between a log cabin and one of these buildings?

For example, when someone is on Google.co.uk looking for a local company, to build a garden room, they may describe them as a log cabin, as a garden office or as a “posh shed”.

Here’s some of the things we would recommend thinking about when purchasing a garden building:

 

Has to be designed for use all year around

 

You don’t want to purchase a log cabin, that’s a bit like owning a convertible sports car here in the U.K- and what do we mean by that?

Well, with a convertible car, there’s often only part of the year you can enjoy the wind blowing through your hair, and a nice warm breeze on your face because our summers are relatively short.

Then the rest of the year, its absolutely freezing, so the roof is kept up, and the folding roof, well its unusable.

And with some garden rooms, well they might be unusable in the winter, if there’s not enough insulation placed into every wall and good quality windows are not used.

So, you will want a building you can use throughout the different seasons, so top of the list of things to think about when purchasing a garden room, is it correctly insulated, and how is the building cooled in the summer, and heated in the winter?

 

So, what exactly is a garden room?

Most of the garden buildings we construct, are completely detached from the main house, therefore a completely freestanding structure.
What’s important to know, is because the building is freestanding, detached from the homes central heating system, the building must be able to withstand our wet, windy and often warm summer days. So, cooling and heating the building, as well as the overall energy efficiency of the building must be considered. Some companies do want to focus you on the size of the building, then the price.

So, for example, 3 x 3 garden room complete with “cedar front facia”- which is great, but its really the energy efficiency, the overall build quality which will dictate whether this building is useable say in the middle of winter.

 

Often a much more cost-effective solution when compared to loft conversions or conservatories.

So, often most homeowners will know that building supplies, especially wood, has increased substantially over recent years.
Therefore, what a general builder now wants, for that company to build a loft conversion, or a rear extension, may simply be totally unaffordable to some homeowners. So, this is where the homeowner starts to consider a garden room, it can offer a large room, that can be heated, used for a wide range of purposes, can sometimes be built in the fraction of the time, of say a loft conversion, with less noise, dust and disruption to the household, such as not having scaffolding around the building.

So, this is just another reason why garden buildings are now so popular.

 

Many of the building materials are what you would use to build a new home

So, it is fair to say, that some garden room businesses, they do buy the cheapest insulation, roofing materials, flooring they possibly can, all in the name of saving a few quid here and there.

Well, we are on the complete opposite end of that spectrum, the windows and bi-folding doors are exactly the same you would fit when building an extension onto your home. The insulation is the same in most modern home construction, and the wood, is top quality FSC approved timber.

 

What are the most common uses for your garden buildings?

 

A garden office

We would that the vast of enquiries we receive every single week, are from homeowners enquiring about getting a garden office built.
Often the homeowners want a freestanding building, that’s well built, fully insulated, and offers a place where the homeowner can simply take their laptop and start working within the room when they want. Often the homeowner will want a small kitchen added, so they make hot beverages as well.

 

A garden gym

So, when we visit a local gym, often there’s a lot of disadvantages to sharing a gym with other people. For example, you have to wait sometimes a long time before the gym equipment you want becomes available.

Then there’s the choice of music that often blasted at high volume, not everybody after a long day a work, wants to listen to dance music turned up to max.

Then there’s the fact that at some gyms, the equipment is regularly cleaned, a treadmill could actually be covered sweat!
So, this is where a garden gym offers so many advantages, no expensive members, you choose the music you like to listen to, and no dusty, gym equipment covered in sweat, because its your equipment, only used by you, so much easier to keep clean, rather than equipment at the local gym, where over 100 people might used that piece of gym equipment that week!

Live sporting events and a cinema room

We get regularly asked to build cinema rooms, which often also used, as a place to have friends and family over to watch a live sporting event. For example, Tyson Fury might be having a boxing match, so you may want your friends over, for a drink and to watch the boxing within your garden room built by us?

So, what makes a garden room a brilliant place to watch live sporting events?

Well, you have top quality sound system added to the building, a huge, massive high-quality projector to watch the live sporting events on.

You could also have a ensuite bathroom, as well also having comfortable reclining chairs, so you and all your friends can watch the football for example in absolute comfort.

 

Will Planning permission be needed?

Often planning permission for the vast majority of the summerhouses, our construction company builds, often can be built, without any planning permission. That’s because, they can be often built under permitted development, yet, with that said, its so important that you do check with an architect, or the local council whether planning is needed.

Because what happen is, if the building is built without planning permission, and planning permission is needed, then what can happen is that the local council, could ask the person to take the building down. Its important therefore to gain planning permission first.

 

Installed and fully constructed often in less than 3 weeks

So, our garden buildings are built completely in your garden, they are not therefore partially built in a warehouse, and then just bolted together in your garden. Instead since our company started over 7 years ago, our company director, a Kingsley Hyden Jones instead wanted to build bespoke garden rooms, where we come out meet the customer, have a cup of tea and chat, then we can then start to create 3D Designs, showing how the garden room could look.

The main advantage of this is, you control the design of the building, from how large you want the doors to be, to whether you want decking built or not.

 

Minimal disruption

So, if you were to contact a local builder, and he want to add a loft conversion on your house, there might be a lot of banging, just and vibrations through the house as they do there work.

Yet with a garden building, the building can be assembled at the end of your garden, often creating practically no disruption to the homeowner. Plus, we don’t often need access to the customers house, if you have a side access to your garden, we can just use the side access and bring the building materials around the side of your house, meaning customer often hasn’t got to take time off work, because we don’t often need to walk through your house.

Do you build garden yoga studios?

03/11/2023

 

We can build a quality garden yoga studio for you

Sometimes doing yoga say in the local gym is not ideal, because sometimes there will be other classes on at the same time blasting loud music. What you want instead is a nice quiet place, ideally looking out over the natural landscape, such as fields.
This is why we think a garden yoga room is brilliant place to do yoga, but also, you could have a huge building built, and you could even run yoga classes from the garden building.

Do you have view of the sea, countryside or woodlands, this would make a fantastic place to build a garden building

 

Large windows

Often when a homeowner wants a room built to do yoga, often they want a room which has lots of sun light beaming through the windows, making the room light and airy. So we can build large windows, and you can have the windows positioned in a location, where you will receive the most sunlight throughout the day.

For example, you want a large corner window, extending from the ceiling to the floor, allowing ample amounts of sunlight through, as you enjoy doing your yoga.

 

You can use your garden building all year around if it’s built by us

Sometimes, a homeowner that’s wants a yoga studio built, sometimes they quickly make a purchase of a summerhouse for 7 thousand pounds, but then sometimes quickly discover that the room is not insulated, its absolutely freezing in the building, and you don’t want to be in the room doing yoga, its so cold, its drafty, it’s a damp, so in our view some low-cost summerhouses, are a total false economy.
Our garden buildings are often much more expensive, than the low cost, build it yourself, type summerhouses. Yet, we believe that our buildings offer much better value for money, simply because they are better insulated, and much easier to keep nice and warm in the winter.

We can install good quality, hard wearing, hard wood floor

So, we would recommend if you want a garden yoga room built, to opt for quality hardwood flooring, we would recommend a good quality block flooring, or perhaps oak hardwood flooring, because this type of flooring is hardwearing, its durable, and its ideal for use in a garden yoga room.

We can paint the walls in green colour

When your enjoying doing the yoga, you will like to look out over your garden, and watch the trees swaying the wind.
And in keeping with the outdoors, being green colour lawn, trees and plants, why not have a nice colour green painted on the walls. We have painters and decorators that can paint the inside of the garden yoga room for you.

 

Why not add a bathroom to your garden yoga studio?

Quite often, a lot of our customers, they use the garden room as a place to work out, to lift weights, to use a rowing machine and to do yoga as well.

Quite often they will spend considerable amount of time after work, working out, and also on the weekends. Therefore, why not have a complete bathroom added to the garden yoga studio?

Then after you have finished working out, you can have a nice refreshing shower in your garden room, and you will feel invigorated.

 

Do you require a luxurious garden room to be built?

 

Date: 02/11/2023

Author: Ryan

 

 

Luxury Garden Rooms

We build garden rooms for customers that don’t settle for second best. There are your bog-standard garden buildings, and these are widely available, yet out buildings are a cut above, they are the cream of the crop. We build luxurious, bespoke buildings, where you will want to spend time unwinding or working within your luxury, hand crafted, built by our diligent team.

Hot-tubs, saunas, large panoramic windows, decking, large luxury bathrooms

When you hire our company to build a luxury garden room the sky is the limit, we can add a canopy extending out over and offering shelter for a large jacuzzi.

We build a huge garden room, which has ample internal room to have 2 separate bedrooms, also a large luxury bathroom suite.
As you see when you hire us, you have the building designed and then built the way you like.

 

Bespoke

What our customers really like, is we dedicate a lot of time, to listening to exactly how they want their garden building to look. Our sales team, are very friendly, they will over a nice cup of tea, listen exactly how you want the garden room to look, they will make notes, and they can if you would like arrange for 3D Drawings to be created.

Then, they can in a short amount of time, send the 3D Drawings to you, via PDF, then you can see exactly how the building could look. You may at this point, what to alter the design, possibly for example, you may want the decking to be larger, to swap a solid wood balustrade with glass, you may want to add for example a canopy to the side, and you may want a jacuzzi placed to the side of the building.

What’s great about hiring Kingsley, is the building can be built to any shape you like, rectangular buildings are the most popular, but we can built triangular, even round garden buildings.

 

Bring the idea to life

You may have seen a garden room on Facebook, on Tik Tok, on Instagram, and you really like the design of the building, well, we can build that exact building for you.

Perhaps has a large room, huge decking area, complete with bathroom, a kitchen, and huge floor to ceiling windows- we can build this for you.

 

One size doesn’t fit all

Sometimes a garden room company will have multiple staff, which roll off log cabins, summerhouse, garden rooms through a factory, and have the production process rolling off buildings on a production line.

And this perfectly suits some people, as the cost for such a building is often lower, however our company is different. We specialise in building luxury, well made garden rooms, which are built exactly the way the customer would like.

 

 

Why spend this Christmas in a lavish log cabin?

Christmas time is just around the corner, it won’t be long until all hear on the radio is festive songs- and will have a white Christmas this year?

Well, what about having a luxury log cabin built, so you can enjoy some time over the festive period, unwinding and really enjoying some time in your log cabin built by us.

 

Floor to ceiling windows

Do you live in an area within Bristol, where the ground is elevated and from your garden you have amazing views over the Bristol city? Or perhaps the countryside?

Why not have a log cabin built, and let’s say in one corner of the building, you could have floor to ceiling windows, where you could have a nice comfortable chair, or a reclining sofa, so you can look out over the views which surround your property.

We can take care of the painting, decorating, adding wall paper and flooring
Some of our customers would like us to also completely plaster the room, to then paint and decorate the entire room as well. Also, some of our customers, would like to add wall paper to a feature wall, and to add luxury hardwood flooring as well.

We can even add a flat screen television to the wall for you.
Therefore, all our customers need to do, is to add the furniture that they like, and then they can sit back and watch live sports, such as the football on a huge flat screen television.

Garden Bedrooms

 

Garden bedroom

Date: 01/11/2023
Author: Ryan

3rd May 2022

 

You may have on a regular basis friends or family around, yet, they may not live local?

Therefore, rather than them having to book a local hotel, every time they come to stay, why not offer your garden bedroom. It could come complete with Wi-fi, an ensuite bathroom, heated floors, it can be made to be very comfortable.

 

Dust during construction

So, if you compare the construction process of a garden building, to a say a loft conversion, the loft conversion will often create more disruption for the homeowners.

There will often need to be scaffolding around the building for several weeks, there will often be vibrations through the house, as power tools are used to build the loft conversion, and often a lot of dust from cutting masonry, wood and also roof slates.

So, therefore a garden room can often be built, at the end of your garden, or in another location within your garden, causing minimal disruption to the homeowner.

 

Rising to the top

We are fast becoming one of the most well-known garden room companies in the fantastic city of Bristol. With a lot of positive Google My Business reviews, plus a highly experienced team, and also we build every single week fantastic quality garden buildings, which when we add to our social media on Facebook or Instagram, it can instantly be seen the quality of our buildings is simply fantastic.

How much does a garden bedroom cost?

Prices do vary, because we would need to come out, and have a chat with you about dimensions, and how you want the building built.
Prices vary between a starting price for a garden bedroom of £25,000.00 and £75,000.00 depending on the size of the building we are construction.

 

What about security of the building?

We can install good quality doors, for an additional price we can also install CCTV, so from your smartphone you get alerts if someone walks up to the garden building.

What about all of the ground works, connecting the soil pipe and the water can you complete this work for us?

How can we make our garden bedroom a nice and comfortable space for our guests?

We can build an enormous, truly large garden room, with different internal rooms. The building could have two main bedrooms, an ensuite and a huge living room, with a bar area. It could be made as comfortable a good quality and luxurious hotel.

Why not have underfloor heating, huge quality televisions, top quality sound system, triple glazing to make it even quieter inside the room.
Then you might to adda super comfortable bed, why not have a nice latex mattress, these mattress are very comfortable.

 

 

Why not add a hot tub to the side?

Why not add a huge canopy, and also we can install a top quality, really good hot tub, so your guests can have a nice glass of champagne, and jump into the hot tub to unwind on a summers evening.
Why not have a sauna?

A lot of people living in Bristol like to have a nice sauna, so you could have a side room that can be used as a sauna, and you could have a hot tub as well, therefore making the garden room more luxurious.

 

Just like a luxurious hotel

Why not have a main room, with floor to ceiling windows, you may have panoramic views over the surrounding countryside. Combine this with a large bedroom and ensuite, your guests, might wake up, sleepy eyed, and think wow, we are in a luxury hotel, when in matter of fact they are only a few steps away from your house.

 

Sound proofing for extra piece and quiet

Busy cities like Bristol never come to a stop, therefore, there’s always noise being generated from road noise, through to a local business getting stock delivered. Therefore, your guests wont want to have a room that’s nice and quiet, so we would recommend having sound proofing added to the room.

 

As cool as a cucumber

If you’re going to ask your friends or your family to stay in your garden bedroom, you will want them to have a cool, and comfortable nights sleep during the summer. Therefore, its rather essential to have air conditioning added, otherwise, the room might be hot and stuffy, and your guests might wake up, having a restless night’s sleep.

Why Choose a Garden Bedroom?

A loft conversion is often mighty expensive, a property extension is often the same, so a garden room can sometimes be built at a fraction of the cost, and offer comfortable, good quality accommodation for your friends or family to stay within.

 

Is a garden room really a suitable bedroom?

We can build a garden bedroom, so that it can be heated, by switching on electric heaters, it can have underfloor heating. Plus, we could also add an air conditioning system to the building. As well as this, a luxury bathroom could be added, with large mirror, shower, toilet and wash hand basin. Other options include underfloor heating, large windows, sound insulation to name just a few of the options we can offer you.

 

Why not add fold-up beds

What’s great about purchasing a garden room, is it could be used for dual purposes, so let’s provide an example.
With large screen televisions on the wall, and good quality fold-up beds, the room can quickly be turned to be used as guest accommodation.
Yet, during the week, when not be used as accommodation, the beds could be folded up, offering a large space to perhaps enjoy doing an hour or yoga. Or perhaps, the room could be used as a garden office.

The room could have a huge bathroom, so whether your guests are using it as guest accommodation, or perhaps you’re using the room during the week to get some work completed, you could use the room for many different uses.

 

Quick and easy install

So, if you were to hire a local builder to build a property extension, well sometimes the construction work can go for quite a while. Yet when you hire us to build a garden room, we can build a large room in matter of weeks.

Garden Pods

 

Date: 30/10/2023

Author: Ryan Walsh

 

Garden pods built by our company offer a really good place where you can work, so you can reply to all of those work e-mails or simply to use the room as a place to unwind and read the daily newspapers.

 

Our garden buildings are simply brilliant, because they me built a location within your garden that might now have been used that much at all since you bought your house?

 

 

For example, the garden pod could be build in a location within your garden where currently be a rusty old compost bin rotting away, or a greenhouse that’s in a state of disrepair and has most of the glass panels have broken or fallen out.

You could therefore be making much better use of that space in your garden, by letting us throw such items in a skip and in its place we built a brilliant garden pod, which you might want to use every day?

 

Built super fast

 

 

 

Sometimes, our high skilled team can build a garden pod in less that 3 weeks, including a concrete base being installed.

 

Modern garden pods

 

A garden pod, is simply another name for a “garden room” or a “garden building”.

We can offer to build up bespoke garden building for you in a short period of time, meaning that you can build the building to the exact dimensions that you would like, say 5 x 3 metres, and any shape you would like, so it fits in within the space you wanted perfectly.

Plus you havent got to just have a standard rectangular shape garden building.

We build circular, a square, triangular garden rooms.

 

 

Do you require a garden pod built in the U.K?

What’s great about picking our company, and one of the reasons why so many people in South West have already hired us to build their garden pods, is because our company can offer you a bespoke building, built really fast, plus every single summerhouse we build comes with a long guarantee as well, so why not book a time, where one of our sales team, can pop around, and over a cup of tea, we can discuss prices, options, and we can make some recommendations if you would like us to.

 

So many options to choose from

 

 

This means that we can use different exterior cladding, you can pick from powder coated steel, composite or wood cladding options. We can offer different bathroom suites, different kitchen units and different roof options as well. So the entire building, from the ground up is built the way you like.

 

Craftsman

Our team of master craftsman can therefore build a garden pod that is built exactly the way you want it to be constructed.

So the sky is the limit, so why not have a sedum room so you can grow nice flowers on the room, decking and a complete kitchen installed? So its a piece of cake to make a herbal tea whenever you want.

 

Guaranteed to last

All of our building will also come with a very long guarantee as well.

 

Winter through to summer- you can use the garden pod at any time of the year

Our garden buildings can be used all year round, so whether it’s a scorching hot summer’s day, or freezing cold winter morning with icicles hanging from the roof outside, you can use your garden pod to do everything from doing your daily yoga excercises or completing work.

 

Fully insulated

 

 

It’s important that when you purchase a garden pod, it can be used right throughout the different seasons from cold winters morning a boiling hot summers evening.

We can also build the building, depending on how much maintenance you would like to do on the building over its lifespan.
For example, certain hardwood cladding options, will require some maintenance, yet composite / powder coated cladding will require practically no maintenance at all, so you do need to consider how much maintenance on the building you want to do?

If you are looking for low maintenance building, we would recommend Millboard cladding, and composite decking and steps are used.

Fully insulated for your total comfort (Hemp insulation, Rockwool or Panel insulation can be used)

We will also fully insulate the building (hemp insulation, we can use RockWool insulation, or Sheep’s wool insulation are the options we offer)
We can have a chat with you about all of the different types of cladding available, these range from sheep’s wool which will be 100% natural, through to using hemp insulation, through to using fibreglass.

It’s important that your building is well insulated, (roof, floor and side walls) as well built so there’s no drafts coming through the walls, that it’s built solid and robust, and that it can be heated easily, so that you can use it during our long winter months.

 

 

3D designs available

 

 

When we are building a garden pod for you, the design it’s 100% customisable so you can say to us exactly how you want the garden room to be built. For example, there’s a huge range of different kitchen options, we can supply many different types of kitchen.

Or perhaps you have already bought a quality kitchen from say Wren kitchens, or Howdens kitchens, and you would like us to just install it?

 

Bathroom

We can install this complete bathroom suite for you as well, as we have some very high experienced plumbers working for our company in Bristol and Bath. We can install complete bathroom suite for you, this can include a wet room and a powerful electric shower, you may want a quality Mira shower installed?

 

Compact toilet and wash hand basin

 

Alternatively you might just want us to install a compact toilet and wash hand basin within a side room?

We can offer you different lighting options as well, and in terms of whether you want LEDs within the ceiling, so they are fitted flush with the plasterboard ceiling, and with your led lights installed outside as well?

 

Would you like air conditioning installed?

 

We can also offer you many different brands of air conditioning systems to select from, so we would recommend opting for a Samsung or Hitachi air conditioning, these are really good quality.

 

Composite

Perhaps you would like decking outside? Perhaps grey composite decking made by MillBoard decking?

So when you have finished writing your work e-mails and your eyes are tired from focusing on your laptop for so long, you want a bit of sunlight, so you can step outside enjoy a nice refreshing cold lemonade was sitting on your composite decking outside your garden room?

 

What about storage space?

 

A lot of people here in Britain might have relatively small gardens, especially you live in a brand house, that’s just been built in Bristol, because often brand-new houses, these don’t come with large gardens normally.

So, they might be thinking well if we have a garden room built, as a place of work, where will the garage or the garden shed go?

You might not therefore have space to put a shed, or a garage and also have a garden room,

Yet because the buildings we build are 100% bespoke, meaning there built to the design that you would like, we can allocate a proportion of the building for storage, perhaps you would like 25% of the structure to be use the storage? To put your mountain bike in the side room, therefore getting rid of the need for a garage?

 

Will we need to obtain planning permission for our garden room?

One of our very friendly sales team, that either Josh, Kingsley or Seb, can come out and visit you in your garden and offer you advice as to whether we believe planning permission is needed.

Quite often, on the vast majority of the garden buildings, that we build every single month, that’s from Clifton right through to Aztec West in Bristol, the vast majority of garden buildings can be built “under permitted development” from Bristol County Council. That is to say most we would say over 75% of the buildings that our companies construct will not need planning permission. However, its very important to check, if planning permission is needed, before any construction work is carried out.

 

Do check whether planning permission is needed also with Bristol County Council

So, therefore its crucial that you check with us your local council whether planning permission is needed, because sometimes planning permission may need to be granted from Bristol County Council before construction work can start.

 

How much does a garden pod cost?

 

 

How much a garden room costs does depends on the design of the building and the size of the structure that’s being built.
For example, which exterior cladding option you choose?

 

Garden pod UK

We also build bespoke corner garden rooms

 

Introduction

For a lot of us homeowners, we don’t have ample amounts of free space within our gardens. In matter of fact, within some gardens, well you might not have enough room to swing a cat!

Yet, this doesn’t automatically mean you need to write off the idea of obtaining that garden office you have always wanted.
Because, when you hire our company, every building we build is bespoke, meaning, often we are able to clear a space within your garden and build that garden office you need.

 

We can often build a corner garden room in less than 3 weeks

Due our large team of highly skilled staff, most of our garden rooms are built from start to finish in less than 3 weeks.
Plus, even though our buildings are built at a super-sonic pace, every building comes with a long guarantee period.

 

We can install the electrics for you

We know that most of our customers just want a garden room that they just simply add their furniture in the room and its ready for use. You don’t therefore want to have to wait for say an electrician to arrive, say weeks after the garden building has been built, to install the wiring and fuse box.
This is another reason why Kingsley build is often asked to build so many garden offices, because we have electricians which can install the electrical wiring, fuse box and lightening for you. This will be included in the quote, so you don’t have to hire your own electrician separately.

You can choose from square, corner, L-shaped garden room, we can build any shape garden building

 

What are the benefits of opting for a corner garden room?

Often, a home owner will have a path way leading to a rear entrance point, building a large rectangular building might be infeasible, as it may block the entrance point into the garden.
Plus, another reason is, sometimes a homeowner doesn’t want a garden room to “over power” the look of their garden, they don’t want the building to be the focal point, instead perhaps wanting the building to be discretely positioned under a tree, or in a corner of a garden, where it doesn’t obscure views over the garden.

 

Clever design

So, sometimes, a homeowner will buy what’s described as flat pack garden room, sometimes this is assembled by the homeowner, as a DIY task, or sometimes, the company that’s supplying the building then offers an additional fee to assemble the building.

However, there’s sometimes a problem, that is these buildings are not bespoke, so the customer is simply asked to select from a range of sizes.

This can sometimes cause wasted space, space either side and at the rear of the building, which is just used for nothing more growing weeds!

So, what’s great about hiring our team of garden room designers is, we can use 3D design, to carefully design the whole building, so we make the best use out of the space you have.

So, for example, carefully planning the layout, to best fit the contours of a garden wall, or a path way. The building therefore can be built so it fits perfectly within your garden.

 

Removing old garages or sheds

Sometimes, there might be a structure, such as a wooden shed which might not be used that often, yet that old dilapidated shed might be taking up valuable room within your garden that could be put to much better use. For example, an old shed could removed; in its place a L-shaped garden office could be built.

We have a large of staff, so for additional cost, we could demolish an old wooden shed, and place it into a skip for you.

 

3D Design

We can create at a low cost, a set of 3D designs, which show how your corner garden room could look in your garden.
We can offer the designs, to show you what the different cladding options could look like.

 

We have already built many corner garden room

In Bristol, near the city centre, many home will have small gardens, therefore the homeowner may want a corner garden room built.

We have already built many corner garden rooms, some of these buildings have been clad with Canadian red cedar cladding, some have pine cladding, also known as thermowood, other garden rooms have been made using composite cladding.

If you would like a quote from us, for us to build a corner garden room, then why not call our super friendly sales team today.

 

We build high-quality corner garden rooms

Do you require a corner garden room to be built? We can build a corner garden building, with prices starting from just £18,000.

Would you like to have a garden room built before Christmas?

 

 

That special and magical time of the year is just around the corner, yet do you know what we think would make Christmas 2023 that even more special?

That’s right, a well-built garden room. Our garden rooms can offer a place where you can socialise and enjoy some festive drinks with your friends and family. Plus, a place where the family can watch Christmas films on large projector, enjoy a gin and tonic, or simply just a space to play darts and chat to your friends.

Within this article, we are going to explain how a garden room could enhance your Christmas.

 

You could use the building as guest accommodation

 

 

Your friends or your family over Christmas might have to otherwise stay in a local hotel after they have visited you. Yet when you get a large garden building constructed by us, complete with an ensuite bathroom, it could be used as guest accommodation.

The building could have a large bathroom, complete with a nice walk-in shower. Also you could have a large living room, and also a large bedroom as well.

Your guests might wake up, and actually think that they’re staying in a luxurious hotel, when in a matter of fact they’re actually staying at the end of your garden, within your garden building.

 

Do you build garden bars?

Christmas time, is a time to have friends and family over for a party. So, what better place, to enjoy a few drinks, than in a garden bar?

We have built many garden bars; we can even build the bar for you?

Prices for us to build a garden bar, start from just 18k.

 

Retro arcade games, snooker tables, dart boards

A garden building can be a place to enjoy spending time with your friends, so why not have a full-size snooker table fitted?

Or perhaps a juke-box, so you could play your favourite music?

 

Made-to-last

So, although you might want a garden building, so you can host parties during the festive period, you will want the building to last a long period of time, and this is why so many residents of Bristol call us, when they need a log cabin built, because, our buildings are simply made to last. Using top quality timber, and highly experienced staff, we are able to build long lasting, durable log cabins, plus, we also offer long guarantee periods as well.

 

Super warm

So, our winters here in Britain, well, they can get mighty cold. So, to help keep you nice and warm in your garden room, we could install underfloor heating, this can really help to keep the room warm, plus your feet! Then, you combine this with Kingspan wall insulation, or another brand of panel insulation, this can help to keep the room super warm during the winter.

Are you able to build a garden building before Christmas 2023?

Christmas is fast approaching, so what we would recommend is that you call us, and we will be able to tell you about our availability slots, when we can build your garden room. We can also discuss the garden room that you would like constructed, for example, which doors, windows, if you want a bathroom as well.

Sometimes we are actually able to build a garden building in under two weeks, so as long as we have availability, we can build your garden room very quickly.

 

Garden rooms at Christmas

You might want to have a garden building constructed so it becomes your place to unwind and to enjoy spending time with your friends and family. Why not install some arcade game machines, a projector to watch films on, perhaps even a bar area which you can walk behind the bar and make yourself some refreshing cocktails.

 

Comfortable guest accommodation

Over the festive period, during December you might have a lot of friends coming around for drinks, so rather than your guests having to wait and pay for an expensive taxi ride home at the end of the night, you could simply say why not stay in our garden room for the night?

Then your guests could spend more time with you enjoying an alcoholic beverage with you, rather than going home earlier, and instead of having to wait for a taxi at the end of the night, they can just simply walk to the garden room when they want and have a sleep.

 

Can be used all year round- we build luxury, top quality garden rooms

What’s important to know is that some garden rooms can’t be used during the winter time, the simply don’t have enough insulation to keep the buildings warm during the winter. So anybody staying within an uninsulated garden building is likely to experience an extremely cold evening during the winter, and need a thick winter jacket on, just to spend time in the building during the winter.

However, our buildings are different they have very thick insulation within the walls, behind the plasterboard, so that you can sleep in a nice warm and cosy building built by us. And if the temperature does drops too low and simply flick on the electric heaters to raise the temperature in a matter of minutes.

 

We can build a cinema room for you

A lot of people over Christmas like to watch classic television shows, such as Only Fools and Horses, or perhaps they like to watch a Christmas film.

Therefore, the building could be used as a cinema room, where you could enjoy watching films with your family and friends.
Why not go the extra mile and actually get a popcorn machine, just like you have in the cinemas as well?

Don’t pay over the odds

In the South-West of England there are some companies which charge a lot to build a garden room- however our prices are very affordable.

One of our very friendly sales team can come out and quickly to offer you a quote in person, and’s if you book with us early enough, we might even be able to build your garden room before this Christmas.

How do you ensure that you garden rooms are super comfortable during the winter?

19th/October/2023

 

We build super warm garden rooms

 

 

A large proportion of the year, here in the Great British Isles it can be a rather cold place to be.

So, you need a warm and cosy garden building built, so it is nice and comfortable so that you can use it even in the coldest of winter days. After all, if your using your garden building as an office, well, you don’t be shivering when your trying to do your work!

And sure, when you pop along to some garden room showrooms during the summer time, when the weather is nice, well they might all look brilliant summerhouses, offered at fantastic prices.

Yet come the winter, and you have one of these super cheap summerhouse built, you might discover that the company which has built it has scrimped and saved on the insulation.

Which basically means that the owner of the garden room will be very cold, because of the lack of insulation. And you might have a shock, when the energy bill arrives, because it might cost so much in electric to heat an insulated garden room.
However we build totally different garden rooms in Bristol, they are well insulated

So, you might be thinking, well how do we make our garden rooms that more warm and cosy, how do we make them more thermally efficient?

Well, that’s a rather brilliant question, because what we buy from the builders merchants, is the same type of insulation that most builders use when building an extension onto a home.

We use what is called Kingspan “panel insulation”, and when you see this you probably recognise seeing this type of insulation before, as it is built used when constructing most homes.
It’s a bit like a giant sandwich, in that it has a reflective outer coating made of foil, and then a thick layer of insulating foam inside it.

 

So here’s how we go the extra mile to make our garden rooms very well insulated

Insulation is key, so we place this in the ceilings behind the plasterboard, in under the flooring and also in the sidewalls as well.

Double glazing is good, but you might want to pay a bit more for triple glazing, as this can really help to keep the heat within the room for that bit longer.

Then you have to think about where you want your garden room positioned, just like a greenhouse warms up during the day, because of the sunlight, so will your garden room. So why not position your garden room to its south facing, and the bifold doors can help to warm up the garden room during the day when the sun is out.

It’s really crucial that you have windows and doors that are made by a quality manufacturer, the last thing you want is gaps large enough that you could put a piece of paper or something thicker through like cardboard through gaps, because they have been poorly made, because this was simply cause large drafts of cold wind, and the building wont be energy-efficient at all

Can you install electric heaters for us?

Yes, we most certainly can, our electricians can hang electric heaters on the wall for you. And when you combine this with good quality insulation that we’ve placed within the building, you will see that the room will warm up in a very short space of time.

 

 

Think about the running costs of your building as well

So as we all know, as we open up that envelope from our energy suppliers, a lot of us will have seen that the cost of energy has increased by a lot.

Therefore, our insulated garden rooms might cost quite a bit more to build, when compared to some other suppliers of garden rooms. But our quote is often higher because we might have used more insulation, more plasterboard, and they take much longer to build. You really have to think about how much energy costs today, and how you can better keep that heat within the room for a bit longer, helping to reduce your energy consumption, but also helping the environment at the same time.

Our customers often comment that they are so incredibly impressed, by how fast our garden offices heat up during the winter, and how they keep the heat retained for a long period of time than what they might have expected, before the garden office was built.
Again this is down to the amount of insulation that we put into our garden offices.

 

Here at Kingsley we use either “Quinn insulation” or “Kingspan insulation” which is another top quality brand of insulation.

 

Why not have your garden room so so it’s South facing?

 

If you have a large garden, you might have the choice of where you want to position your garden room, and you might want the building to be south facing so that the sunlight is beaming down on the bi-folding doors. This can help to heat up the garden room.

So, if you want to be as warm as a bug, who’s sat on a rug, then contact us to build your garden room.

We are fast becoming one of the most popular garden room companies across the great city of Bristol.

Our company has grown from recommendations, whereby our previous customers have recommended us to their friends and family.

Therefore, if you want a truly high-quality garden building built, one you will be very happy with for a long period of time, and you want it built in the glorious city of Bristol, then why not give us a ring?

We can build an affordable garden building for you

 

 

Inflation and wood prices

 

The vast majority of the great British public, are currently feeling the pinch, that’s because inflation is causing everything from a loaf of bread to a piece of wood to raise in price!

So, after discussion and long deliberation, you might be putting off getting your garden office built until possibly next year?
This might simply be because you think that such a building is rather unaffordable at the moment, that such a building could easily cost a fortune?

However, there is a garden room company that’s situated in Bristol, that’s still flat-out building garden buildings right throughout the entire region- that company is Kingsley Garden Rooms Limited.

 

 

We have built many gardens offices

Our company has built many garden offices, some called “garden office pods”– therefore we know how to build a high-quality room, that’s made to last. We have local suppliers, who supply us with double glazed aluminium or alternatively UPVC doors and windows. Our buildings are well built.

So not only are our buildings offered at an affordable price for a lot of homeowners, they are also very high quality.

 

 

Affordably priced garden buildings that are made to last

The reason why our carpenters are so busy building our buildings is simply because they are so affordable- we offer a starting price that’s lower than a lot of other companies. When we tell our customers that we can offer starting price for a well-built, insulated garden room starts from just £18,000, often they are very happy with that quote, because that comes right within the budget.

So, if you’re feeling the pinch of inflation, and the rise in living costs, why not have a good read through this article, where we will discuss how we can build an affordable garden building for you.

 

 

Don’t delay getting a garden room built

So, say for example you’re currently working from your kitchen table, because all of those distractions of other family members walking in and out of the living room, well that might be too distracting, and you might have an important Excel spreadsheet that your boss is waiting to receive.

Alternatively, it could be the TV is being played too loudly and you simply not been able to concentrate on your work, so, is it really worth delaying getting that garden office built.

As a garden office could offer a quiet place where you can get your work done in peace and quiet. So, if your fed up the tele being playing too loud, people chatting to you, when you want to get work done, well, now is the time to get a garden office built.

 

 

Garden offices with starting price of just 18k

With a starting price of just £18,000 we can build for you a comfortable garden office, fully insulated, nice flooring, fully plastered good-quality windows and doors, therefore offering unbelievable value for money.

Here are some other ways that we can help cut costs

 

Would you like ground screws used as the foundations?

Laying a thick concrete slab can be rather expensive, because concrete is not cheap, that’s for sure. Yet we can build extra strong foundations for you, using what are called “ground screws”- helping to reduce the overall cost of constructing the building.

Now a lot of homeowners might not have heard of “ground screws” before, so why not let us explain exactly what they are, basically there are a giant screw, that is screwed into the ground use a very powerful drill.
Once placed into the soil, they provide an extremely strong foundation to build the garden office or the garden building on top the ground screws.

So not only are you receiving an extra strong foundation, you are also saving a lot of money by not having to have a concrete base built.

 

 

 

Running costs- make sure the building is well insulated

So if you do end up hiring a garden room company which doesn’t properly insulate the building- let’s say they don’t insulate the ceiling, well is can be really freezing in the building come the winter.

In matter of fact, come December you’re going to need a woolly hat, thick ski jacket, thick trousers and boots to even venture into the building- even then you might be too cold to get any work done.

So, what you need instead is a well-insulated garden room, that with the simple flick of a switch of an electric heater, the room starts to warm up nicely and quickly, and because we have crammed the room with insulation, it will retain the heat for longer.

Don’t delay getting a garden room built- we can offer you a great price

Right throughout the year we are busy building garden rooms, come summer through to winter, the reason for that is we offer some of the most affordable prices on garden buildings in Bristol.

Where some companies might have a starting price of about £25,000 + our buildings are much more affordable.
If you like a free quote one of, give us a ring?

What are the benefits of owning a garden office / shed?

Introduction

16th of October 2023

 

There will be a lot of homeowners that have small gardens, and at the end of the garden might have a garage which takes up a lot of room within the garden.

And the homeowners might think well, we simply don’t have any spare room to place a garden office within our garden.

However, what a lot of people are now asking garden room companies like ours to do, is to have a garden office built, and then dedicate say 25% of the floor space, to be used as a garage.

We can therefore build a separate door to the side storage area, and is often this is used as a space to store items such as the lawnmower.

So, if you want to work from home, yet you’re thinking we haven’t got any space to build a garden office. And that might be because, you have a garage situated within your garden, taking up a lot of space, so why not letters demolish that garage and build a brand-new garden office in its place.

 

Will we require planning permission for our garden office / shed?

We would need to come out and meet you to discuss the garden building you would like built, to see if planning permission is needed or not.

The vast majority of the buildings that we build, within Bristol do not need planning permission because they come under what is called permitted development.

 

Our garden buildings cost less than you might think

You might have been following our company on Facebook? And when you see some of the garden buildings that we have constructed, you might think cost a huge amount of money to build, right?

However, we can build a garden office, with prices starting from as low as £18,000!

This therefore offers fantastic value for money to our customers, plus also we now have a huge team of staff, of electricians, plasterers and carpenters, so can build the building often in a short space of time.

 

Demolishing your old garage

We can demolish your garage, or your shed, and then we can inspect what is called the slab, that is the foundations of the whole building.

Sometimes we are able to reuse the concrete slab, and were able to build a garden building on top of it, this can help to save and money for the customer.

 

Do you build large garden offices / sheds?

Yes, you might have a large garage currently situated to the side of your house or two at the end of your garden?

You might want this garage to be completely demolished and in this place to build a large garden office?

Then we can also incorporate into the garden building a space where it can be used as a storage area, for example to store those fold-up aluminium ladders.

 

Do your buildings come with a guarantee?

Yes, every single garden building that we construct comes with a guarantee.

 

Why not call us for a quote?

If you live in the South West, and you would like one of our estimators to come out and see you, we can offer you a quote to build a garden office/shed.

We also partner with local demolition companies, so that can demolish your existing garage for you, and taking away all of the waste away for recycling for you as well.

It’s worth mentioning again that sometimes we are able to reuse the concrete foundations that your garage has been built upon, and then sometimes we can build on top of that concrete base, a brand garden office for you. With prices starting as low as £18,000 why not give our business a call today?

How do you ensure that your garden buildings constructed within Bristol are energy efficient?

 

You might want a super energy-efficient garden building constructed and with energy prices the way they are currently, well, that just makes perfect sense to make sure the building is well built and kind to the environment.

We construct super energy-efficient garden buildings, that make very comfortable buildings to be inside whether it’s winter or summer.

We can even install top quality air conditioning, (we can place a Samsung unit on your garden room) as well as also electric heaters, which means that whatever the weather is like outside you can be warm or as cool as you like within your garden building.

Alternatively, you might be shopping around, looking for a garden room company that builds garden buildings in a way that has less impact on the environment. If so, we are most definitely the company to call, because we can build garden rooms which are very good at retaining the warm air during the winter.

Allow us to walk you through why so many people ask us to build their garden room in the wonderful city of Bristol.

 

 

 

Energy prices

First things first, as we all know, here in Great Britain, our energy prices have gone through the roof, so the thought of having a large building constructed at the end of your garden, that needs lighting and heating on top of the energy consumption in your house, well, it might have a lot of homeowners thinking, how much will this cost to run?

You might be thinking, how much extra is this going to add to our energy bill every single month?

Needless to say, owning a garden building will use more energy, but with that said, some garden buildings are more energy efficient than others. Some are as energy efficient as a garden shed, and hours are completely different, they are super energy-efficient.

Let us explain how we make our buildings more energy-efficient.

 

Top quality solar panels (why let that sunshine go to waste!)

Just think of the sun’s rays beaming down on the roof, on a rather warm July afternoon- well all of that glorious sunshine could be put to use powering your garden room or office. So why not let us jump on the roof, and add some solar panels for you?

This can help to offset your energy costs of running your garden building.

 

Also you can heat your water through sunlight as well

Between work tasks, you might like to give the dishes a quick rinse under some hot soapy water, or perhaps have a nice refreshing shower before getting back to your work.

Or for example you might be using the building as your own personal garden gym, and therefore you might need a good wash with some radox shower gel, because your all sweaty.

So why not have a shower within the garden room, because our plumbers can install a complete bathroom within the building for you?

And what can make that shower even more enjoyable, is the fact that you could heat the water to having panels on the roof which also heat the water for you! How energy efficient is that.

 

Super thick insulation

There’s insulation, and then there’s insulation, and what we mean by that statement?

Well, there’s some installation which is just like kitchen foil, it does help to keep some heat within the room, but it’s definitely not the best option that you could opt for- and its not really going to have much of an effect when jack-frost is busy freezing everything during our long, cold winters.

Then there’s super thick panel insulation, that’s super thick, that does an absolutely amazing job keeping and retaining the heat in.

We can therefore install panel insulation, which comes in various thicknesses, now, what did you have to think about is the thick of the insulation is this will eating to your internal space of the room as well, as all that insulation can gulp up a lot of the room, so do keep this in mind when designing the building.

So if you do have a huge garden, then it shouldn’t be a problem because you can just simply build a bigger garden room to help compensate for how much room that insulation will take up, however if you are looking for a more compact garden building, then you do to think about how the insulation will eat into the internal space that you have available.

 

FSC timber-

All of the timber that we purchase, is always FSC approved.

Even better, we can also buy reclaimed timber

What’s better than buying brand-new timber? Well we think that buying reclaimed timber, from a local reclamation yard is really good for the environment and also your wallet, as its often cheaper to buy.

For example reclaimed timber often comes from demolition sites, and all of that timber might have otherwise ended up as biomass, but instead it could be used to make structural timbers within your garden room, therefore helping to protect the environment, because you are not buying brand new timber.

 

Built strong

Built extra strong, it’s important that you have a garden building that able to withstand the huge variety of different types of weather that we have here in Great Britain. For example on a summers day it can be scorching hot.

Then on a cold winters day you might incur a gale, and such strong winds that the whole building is blasted with rain, sleet and hail!

So you do need a building that is able to withstand all of these elements, you need a building that extra strong, otherwise the buildings can end up being damaged in a short period of time, and in less than 10 years you might be calling around a skip hire company to throw the whole building into a skip. This is not good for the environment, so you want a building that built extra strong that will last the test of time.

 

Made to last

Therefore if you live in a wonderful city of Bristol, and you are looking for an established, well-known garden room company, that can build an energy efficient garden room for you, then why not get on the dog and bone give us a ring,  and we can offer you a free quote.

 

 

How do you ensure that your garden buildings are built in an environmentally friendly way?

 

Introduction

During rush hour here in Great Britain, lets say from say at 5:30 to 7pm the roads within Bristol are often highly congested with countless trucks cars and vans.

Even though Bristol has implemented a clean zone throughout many of the roads within the city, there will still be many cars still in use on the road during peak times. So, getting back home, well sometimes can take a lot of time after work.

This means therefore that a lot of people are now purchasing garden buildings so that they work from home, in comfort, and don’t need to travel back and fore work everyday. A lot of employers therefore encourage home working on a full time or a part time basis.

Therefore, this means that ever since Covid especially, us garden room companies have seen a large increase in work, as more people want us to build them a garden office. Yet, its often not just the convenance of working from home, homeowners want, they also want a building, that’s built in an environmentally friendly way too.

 

 

Can you add a living roof / sedum roof to our garden building?

Yes indeed we have added many sedum roofs onto the garden buildings we have built.

We can therefore build a garden building which has what builders and architects describe as a “living roof” or a “sedum roof” which is built on top of the garden room. This will mean that the roof is completely covered with top soil, so you can grow many plants and also flowers on the roof of the building.

If you worried about how this will get watered during the summer, we can also install an irrigation system, that’s simply switched on, within the garden room, and then the plants and flowers on the roof can get watered.

 

A sedum roof is good for environment, they are also built on some modern houses

A sedum roof is great for the insects within your garden, that’s because on the roof of your garden office you could grow many wildflowers on the roof this will be fantastic for the bees.

When you look at most gardens within a lot of built up cities, just like Bristol, sometimes the gardens are now landscaped in such a way where there is a lot of concrete used within the garden, and artificial grass and wooden decking used.

This is not great for insects and wildlife, as this doesn’t not offer a natural habitat so, you might want to have a living roof built on your garden office to help compensate for a garden that might not otherwise have many flowers?

 

Can you install hemp and sheep’s wool insulation into the walls to better insulate the building?

Rather than having insulation used within your garden building that’s been manufactured, such as using “fibreglass” or alternatively panel insulation, we can instead supply natural insulation.

The two types of natural insulation we would recommend are sheep’s wool insulation or alternatively we can use hemp insulation as well.

 

 

Can you add solar panels on the roof?

A lot of people here within Britain, are now worried about how much their energy is costing them on a monthly basis.

A lot of homeowners have seen their monthly electric and gas bill substantially increase.

Therefore, they may be put off from purchasing a garden building, because they might be worried about how much extra it will cost to heat also to have indoor and outdoor lighting switched on a lot of time on their garden room.

To help offset the energy costs of owning your garden room, you could have high quality solar panels fitted onto the roof, which could help to offset some of that energy cost.

Our estimator, Kingsley, will need to visit your garden within Bristol, to see if where you plan on having a garden building built, would be a good location, to also have solar panels fitted to the roof. If there’s too much shade, say from your neighbours tree, then solar panels may well be ineffective, yet we can come out and meet you, free of charge, and offer a quote to build a garden office, and also for that building to have solar panels fitted to the roof.

 

How do you ensure that your garden buildings are made to last?

When you consider all of the timber, all of the glass and also all of the plastics are going to producing a garden room, then a lot of energy is often used to manufacturer these, and trees often need to be cut down to use as wood. If the whole building hasn’t been built to a very good standard, by another company, then after a short period of time, the building might need to be totally dismantled and placed in a skip!

This can sometimes happen when a cheap roof is installed, which causes water leaks, causing the structure and the roof to rot. Because the building is mostly made out of wood, this can happen sometimes very quickly, if a good quality rubber roof is not installed. There are other types of roof, yet we would recommend opting for a rubber roof, as these last a very long period of time.

So, if a building doesn’t last that long, then often a lot of the building materials may end up in land fill, which is not good for the environment. So what you want is a long lasting building, that’s exactly what our builders can build.

 

Do you offer a guarantee with all of your garden buildings that you built?

We offer a long guarantee on every building.

One of the ways that we ensure that our buildings are made to last, is we install a high quality, long-lasting rubber roofs on each building that we construct. Plus, we can also offer to install composite cladding, which doesn’t rot like timber can.

 

What foundations do you use when building your garden buildings?

The key to building a long lasting summerhouse, is to build a building which has really good quality foundations.
We would highly recommend using either quality “ground screws” or to have a concrete base installed.

 

Recycled plastics/cladding

We can supply cladding for your garden room, which has been partially manufactured using recycled plastics, this is brilliant for the environment.

 

This cladding is called composite cladding.

 

Would you like a free quotation?

We have full-time sales staff, Kingsley Hyden Jones who can travel anywhere within Bristol from Monday through to Saturday.

 

We can offer advice and also a free quotation.

If you would like a garden building constructed, then why not call us?

 

Do you build eco-pods-and how do these buildings have less impact on the environment

 

 

What exactly is an eco-pod?

 

Once all the building materials, to build a garden room, are laid out neatly within a garden, it instantly becomes apparent that a lot of timber, a lot of glass and also a lot of rubber is used to construct the roof.

All of these building materials have an impact on our environment, trees need to be cut down, rubber needs to be produced in a factory, and so does glass.

And as more and more of us are becoming much more mindful to protect the environment, this is meant that a lot of garden room companies have recognised that when people are enquiring about getting a garden building constructed, they want the whole construction, to be built in an environmentally friendly way.

Therefore, garden room companies, such as ours, have started to describe buildings which are more environmentally friendly, as eco-pods.

Within this article, we are going to explain how we can build an environmentally friendly garden building, which is also commonly called an eco-pod.

 

Built with sustainable materials

We think that one of the best ways to build an environmentally friendly garden room, is to purchase reclaimed timber from a reclamation yard. Often, and demolition companies will salvage timber for resale. This timber might have otherwise just been made into biomass, and burned to create energy.

However, this would could be reclaimed, and used to make the main structure of a garden building. Of course, we can also use brand-new timber, that is FSC approved.

 

Renewable energy

When you think of the sun beaming down on your garden for a lot of the day, well this could be considered to be energy which is at the moment going to waste.

So, on top of your garden building, we could fit a solar panel, or multiple solar panels, and these could be helping to obtain energy, which you could be using within your garden building, or you may wish to sell it back to the grid?

 

Fully insulated

So, some garden room companies, might just use fibreglass insulation. But if you want a more natural product, then why not have sheep’s wool insulation, perhaps you would like insulation that’s made from hemp?

Both are a 100% natural product, you might not of heard of hemp insulation, but it’s increasing in popularity because it’s very good at insulating buildings.

 

Living roof

Have you heard the expression, living roof?

Well, let us explain what that means.

A living roof is simply a very strong roof, that’s been reinforced, to withstand the weight of placing soil onto the roof. Then within the soil you can grow plants, flowers or just grass if you so wish.

The purpose of this is, it’s great for the environment, insects can live within the living room, also it can help your building to blend into its surroundings.

 

Energy-efficient windows and doors

We can install top quality Pilkington Glass, this can either be double glazing or we can also offer triple glazing as well.

If you want the garden building to be as energy efficient as possible, then we would recommend triple glazing, this can really help to retain the warmth within the building during the winter months.

 

Would you like an eco-pod built in Bristol?

We can build an eco-pod for you, you could have a living roof, or perhaps solar panels on the roof. We can also use cladding that sparsely made with recycled plastics. We can even purchase structural timber from a local reclamation yard within Bristol.

So therefore, if you are looking for a company that can build a garden room, that’s environmentally friendly, then we can build an eco-pod for you.

We also offer free quotations, right throughout the whole of the city, so whether you live high up within Clifton, or perhaps you live near the airport, we can offer you a free quotation six days a week.

Therefore, if you would like a free quote then why call us?

 

 

 

 

Do you build a garden rooms that also has side storage area?

 

 

Garden buildings with a shed storage area

Date: 28th/September/2023

Author: Kingsley Hyden Jones

 

Helps you to gain more storage space within your garden

There will be a lot of homeowners right throughout the United Kingdom that wants a well-built garden office, or perhaps a garden gym constructed built by our company. Yet the homeowner might think that they have to get rid of the garage, or the shed to make way for the garden building to be constructed.

This is sometimes because the homeowner has a small garden, so they cant have a garage and a garden room, otherwise the garden can start to feel over crowded with buildings.

But here’s the thing, you could have both buildings, that’s a shed and a garden room all in one building.

This makes a lot of sense as your garden will look much neater, because both of these buildings will be combined into one whole building.

But also, it can help you to save a lot of space, because you haven’t got to have a garage taking up space within your garden, and then having a separate garden room built in another location, instead the buildings could be combined, and split using an internal wall.
And because our garden rooms are bespoke, they can fit perfectly within contours of your garden, so you don’t have any wasted space.

 

For example, we build the following shape buildings

 

– Triangular
– Square
– Rectangular

 

So how much does a garden room with a shed cost?

Prices start from around £20,000. Then the prices vary, depending on the size of the building you want built. Plus, there’s so many different options, for example, take the roof, we can build a rubber roof, which is great and lasts a long time. Yet we could add solar panels, we could make it a sedum room, to grow plants, so there so many options which effect the price.

Also we can build a side storage area as large as you would like

So for example you might want a side storage area just enough to store two mountain bikes for example. Or on the other hand, you might want a huge side storage area build, so much so that when you walking within the room, there’s racking to store items, it might be somewhere where you have a big freezer, and enough space also to store multiple bikes, petrol lawn mower and also items of garden, such as a strimmer, and hedge cutters.

 

Uncluttered garden

You might want a nice lawn area, an area to grow plants or vegetables, and some decking built.
What you might not want is an old garage, say with an asbestos roof, and then a separate garden building within your garden, because it can make the garden feel smaller, having two buildings, rather having both combined into one.
Instead you could have one building, a garden building, and you have a site storage area built within the building, which has its own doorway leading into the room.

 

Nice composite or wooden ramp

If you use your mountain bikes or let’s, say a petrol lawnmower on a regular basis, why not have us build a nice ramp made using composite decking or wooden decking.

This will make it an absolute piece of cake, to get your bikes in and out of the garden room.

 

How long does it take to build a garden room which also had a storage area?

Well surprisingly, it doesn’t take us that much longer to build a garden building that has a side storage area. Perhaps just another day extra, to build a new door, and to build the plasterboard partition.

We offer free quotes across Bristol within the daytime, in the evenings and also on weekends- so why not arrange time, where we come out, and offer you a free quote?

We know that a lot of people that want garden buildings constructed, have very busy lives, they might work at a local hospital for example, or they might be running a business, or they might simply have a job that means that they don’t work your standard 9-to-5 hours.
Therefore, we have a full-time estimators (Kingsley, Josh and Seb) whose drive six days a week to our customers within Bristol, and also within city of Bath to promptly give our customers an estimate for how much it would cost us to build a garden room for them.
Sometimes we can offer you quote there and then

When the garden building is relatively simple, let’s say a 3 x 5 garden room, with a rubber roof, then sometimes our estimators can offer you a quote there and then.

However, alternatively if you would like a more complex design built, let’s say that you would like some hardwood decking built to the front of the summerhouse, you might want a sedum roof added, and you might want a very powerful high quality air conditioning unit added. Our estimator might need to drive back to our office in Bristol, and calculate the quote, that’s before he emails you a breakdown of the quote.

We always aim to get a quote back to you within 48 hours of us visiting you, so if you would like a well-built, garden room that is guaranteed to last then why not contact us?

We offer free estimates right across Bristol. We have literally built hundreds of garden buildings now across South West England, so it is likely that we have already built a garden building somewhere near you.

 

Do you build corner garden rooms?

Date: 26/09/2023

Corner garden rooms

 

 

Often, in a lot of built-up inner-city areas, a lot of terraced properties will have smaller gardens, sometimes, there’s no room to swing a cat out the garden!

So, with some properties, there might just be a large patio area, and there might well be no lawn.

This is therefore fairly common here in Britain, with a lot of terraced houses-so this means, that garden room companies, have to design and build, buildings which make the best use out of the available space within a garden.

Therefore, when you are looking to have a garden building constructed in a small garden, it’s really important, to think about the design of the building, so that it makes the best use out of the space that you have available.

 

What shape garden room would you recommend for a small garden?

 

Well, whether the room is going to be used just to enjoy the occasional hot beverage and enjoy breathing in the fresh air whilst in your garden room, or perhaps the building is going to be used by you as a garden office for 50 hours plus per week?

We would recommend, considering having a corner garden room built, if you own a small garden. The reason is, a corner garden building can be placed snugly into a corner of a garden, and then there is therefore less wasted space.

What sometimes happens, is that a homeowner will purchase a garden office, off the Internet, and it arrives sometimes in a flatpack form, for the homeowner to assemble themselves.

However, because the building hasn’t been tailor-made to the exact dimensions that the homeowner wants, so that it perfectly fits into the garden, instead often you are left with wasted space either side of the building and perhaps at the rear of the building as well.

Therefore, often what is needed is a garden building, that doesn’t waste any space, and that’s exactly what it corner garden room can offer because it can fit snugly into the corner of your garden.

 

What do a lot of your customers use their corner garden rooms for?

Well, when you purchase a corner garden room, the possibilities of what the building can be used for is quite simply endless!
For example, it could be used as a place to work with within during the week, or it could be used as a yoga studio?

 

Can we use your corner garden rooms during the winter?

Now, this is a really important thing to check with whichever company you hire to build your garden buildings from is that the building is well insulated. Some buildings (purchase from other companies) sometimes have side which are no thicker than the width of your finger, that’s to say with no insulation, they are therefore very similar in construction to a cheap garden shed. These buildings will therefore be absolutely freezing to be inside during the winter.

However, our buildings are very different, we can put very thick insulation into the walls, you may have seen this insulation before that because it’s commonly used when constructing a house.

The type of insulation that our company uses its called panel insulation, this type of insulation it has a reflective foil outer layer, with a thick centre of normally yellow foam in the centre. It’s really good quality, so for example when you call a local builder, they will often use this insulation, when building an extension onto your house. We use the same insulation when building our garden buildings.

Will we require planning permission to be granted before you can start work on building our corner garden room?

So, each year, Kingsley builds many garden buildings, and we build these over a wide area, that’s throughout the South-West. We would say, that the vast majority, of the garden buildings we construct, can be constructed without planning permission needing to be granted by Bristol county council.

Therefore often our garden buildings can be constructed through what is called permitted development.
However, some garden buildings, in some areas, (including Bristol) may require planning permission granted before we can start work on building them.

If you are in any doubt whether planning permission is needed or not, then we would highly recommend sending a quick email, to your local council, so this would be a email to Bristol county council to ask them if planning permission would be needed on your street.
It does come down to the size of the building, the height of the building and also how close you are to your neighbours property. So if you need advice, on whether planning permission is needed or not, then we would recommend hiring an architect, or speaking to your local council.

 

Permitted development

The vast majority of the time, our garden buildings, can be built through permitted development.

What we can offer is for one of our sales staffs, to come out and have a meeting with you, this is offered free of charge.

Our sales staff can offer you a free quote there and then, and based on the size of the garden room and the height of the building, we can often recommend to you, whether planning permission will be needed.

If planning permission is needed, from Bristol county council, then it might take multiple weeks to gain planning permission, before we can start work.

This is therefore worth bearing in mind, because if you are using the building say to work within, and you want to work in the garden building as soon as possible, then you might wish to alter the design, such as the height of the building, so that it may be built under permitted development rather than having to wait say seven weeks for planning permission to be granted.

 

Can you install the electrics, and all of the electrical sockets for us?

This is another important point, some companies, want the homeowner, to hire their own electrical contractor.

However we have a fully qualified electrician as part of our team, who can come out and install everything from the fuse box, to where you want the electrical sockets fitted.

They can then connect the electrics from the house to your garden room, and they can sign off the paperwork to say that all of the electrical work has been completed correctly.

 

How long does it take to build a corner garden room?

It takes us on average, we would say about three weeks, from start to finish to build a corner garden room, if no planning permission is needed.

Of course, this does depend on the design, so for example if you wanted a more complicated garden room, for example one with a sedum roof, so that you can grow wild plants on the roof, then it might take us a bit longer to build the building.

 

Would you like a corner garden room built in Bristol?

We have an estimator, they can come and meet you anywhere within Bristol, in the daytime, on the weekends or in the evenings. They can offer you advice, such as whether planning permission is likely to be needed or not. They can recommend is different types of cladding, door, window and roof options. If the building is relatively simple, then often our sales staff, can often give you a quote there and then. So, for example, it might be more convenient for you, for our sales staff to pop around say at 7 PM on a Tuesday evening, and we can do this and offer you a free no obligation quotation.

 

Do you need more room at home? We state the advantages of purchasing a garden building

You’ve come to the conclusion, that now is the time to obtain more living space?

The first idea that might have crossed your mind, is to contact local estate agent, but then you think- well we rather like where we live-and we don’t want to move.

Then you start to consider the different ways that you can extend your home, and often will have many options which are open to you.

For example, you might wish to get your attic converted?

You might have a garage which you have never parked the car in for a very long period of time, that could be used to extend your home?

Or, when you’re doing your weekly grocery shop, you might have been approached by a salesperson, which has talked to you about getting a conservatory built at the back of your house?

 

So now you have all of these options which are open to you, and you’re currently mulling over which option is best for you.

And then, you think well what about a garden room?

Now, as we are a garden room company, we are going to state the many benefits of purchasing a garden room.

So, this article is going to talk about the benefits of purchasing a garden building from us:

So, what is a garden room extension?

Well, garden buildings are often described using multiple different names, for example somebody could call us on a Monday morning, and ask us to build a garden office pod to be built.

In the afternoon, somebody might ring us and ask us to build a garden bar, therefore often these buildings are simply called after what the owner will use them for.

Yet, what’s great about having a garden building built by us, is that you can literally design it from the ground up.

Now, when you think of a loft conversion, often the floor space is limited to the size of the house- that’s unless you add a side or rear extension to the property.

With a garden room, you might have a very large garden? So therefore you have a lot of room where you could have a large garden building constructed?

 

So, quite literally the world is your oyster.

Would you like a very large garden building, that is very luxurious, that you might wish to use as guest accommodation?

And when your guests step inside, and they see the bathroom, the bedroom and the living space, well, they might think that they’ve stepped inside a luxurious five-star hotel!

 

That’s because we can build the whole building, however you would like it built. Would you like underfloor heating? A large living room, a large bedroom complete with en-suite? Were we can build this for you.

And because our builders have now built so many of these buildings, across the South West, they have a huge amount of experience of building these garden buildings.

We therefore know how to design and also build, these buildings so that they last for a long period of time, therefore offering you the customer excellent value for money.

 

Why purchase a UPVC conservatory when we can build a garden building for you?

The problem with some UPVC conservatories, is they are a bit like having a greenhouse bolted to the back of your house.

In the peak of summer, they can be way too hot to sit in, and in winter, trying to heat them with a electric heater, well, that could be very expensive to do.

So instead, with a starting price of just £18,000, we can build a garden building, that has very thick insulation.

The insulation that we use is a bit like a sandwich, that is the centre of the sandwich is made from insulating foam, and then rather than obviously using bread on the outside! There are two large sheets of reflective foil, this type of insulation does a fantastic job of keeping the warm air within the building during the winter.

 

The disadvantages of having a brick-built extension added to your house?

Having a brick-built extension added to the rear of your house, can be rather expensive, therefore rather than having a brick extension, why not have a garden building built by us?

When you compare the quotes, received from a local builder, and compare this with our garden room companies written quote, there might be a substantial difference in the price.

 

The problem with choosing a loft conversion

Loft conversions can be very expensive, 70k+ sometimes! Plus you also have the inconvenience of having all that metal scaffolding built all the way around your house- for weeks, even months!

Sometimes, we are able to build a garden building for a lot less than you might think,(we offer a starting price of just 18k) and you don’t have to have scaffolding built around your house, as the whole building is built in your garden.

We offer transparent pricing

Often one of our sales staffs, is able to come out and meet you once you’ve finsihed work in Bath, or perhaps you work in Bristol? So, let’s say once you finished work at 7:30 in the evening- you’ve had your evening meal, well, we can pop around and in less than 30 mins, often we can offer you a quote there and then.

Let’s say you want a 5 m x 5 m garden building constructed, you know that you want a rubber roof, you also know that you want composite cladding, sometimes, our sales staff are therefore able to offer you a quote there and then, if you know how you would like your garden building to be built. And sometimes, if you agree to that price, well, the following week, sometimes our builders can arrive in your garden, and start work on building your garden room, so we are very fast with our quotes, we are also very quick building the whole building, sometimes in less than 2 weeks! That’s if you opt for ground screws, for the foundations.

Yet, if you need to take some time, to think over which cladding you want (you might not know if you want hardwood, or composite for example), and you might not know which doors you want, which type of roof that you would want, then you could simply e-mail us once youve decided, and then one of our friendly team we will write back to as soon as we possible with a quote, sometimes, if you e-mail us late on a Friday, we will have the quote ready for you on the Monday, we try to get everything completed as fast as we possibly can for all of our customers. As we know, some garden room companies, they have you waiting sometimes months before they can start work, not us, we have a huge team of staff, 10+ full time installers, so whereever the building needs to be built, we can get a quote back to you, and if accepted, we can build the building quickly.

 

Do you live in the countryside?

What’s great about living here in the West Country, is many houses have views over the countryside.

And therefore, you could have a large garden building constructed, and perhaps you would like a set of bi-folding doors, and you would like the building to also have a huge window, therefore, you could sit comfortably let’s say on a reclining chair, or a comfortable sofa within the garden building. Then with a nice cup of tea, (perhaps some biscuits) you could sit in the chair and take the views of the West Country that surround your house.

So for example, perhaps you live in the countryside in Bath, in Somerset?

There are a lot of hills, and some properties look over fields as far as the eye can see.

Therefore why not have an insulated garden building, constructed so that you have a room, where you can simply take a nice cake, and perhaps a cup of tea, and simply sit in your garden building, and enjoy looking at the scenery which surrounds your property.

Perhaps you have a large meandering river, or perhaps you have large hills, or woodland, which you can look out onto from your garden building?

This therefore would make a great place to perhaps enjoy doing a puzzle during the day, or in the evening, simply putting your feet up glass of whiskey on the rocks?

 

This therefore would make a brilliant place to unwind.

Perhaps your retired and your looking for a place where you can simply sit down and enjoy looking out at the surrounding scenery in Bristol?

Alternatively, you might run your own business, in Bath England? And after a busy day at work you are now looking to create a place where you could simply sit down within your garden room, on a comfortable sofa, put on your favourite music, perhaps an Elvis song?

And simply enjoy a nice alcoholic beverage, which might help you unwind before you go to sleep? The room, could therefore be used as your place to unwind after a long and busy day at work.

Therefore across the West Country, there are many houses, whether they are based in Bristol, or perhaps they are based somewhere in Somerset, that have fantastic views.

Whether that be a view the Clifton suspension Bridge, or perhaps of mile after mile of countryside in the middle of Bath?

Why not have a garden building, that’s just used as your place to unwind- to listen to music, to enjoy an alcoholic beverage, or simply to put a puzzle together?

 

Temporary accommodation

Do you regularly have friends or family that come to stay at your property?

Those family and friends they might stay with you during the day, yet at night, they might stay at a local hotel in Bath?

And staying at a good quality hotel, well, that can be rather expensive sometimes, for example to stay at a five-star hotel in the middle of Bath, well that could easily cost in excess of £200 a night sometimes.

So, this is going to be a rather costly expense either for you, if you’re paying, or for your guests.

So wouldn’t it be better, if your guests, could simply stay at your property? They could take a short walk down to the garden building, there you could have two bedrooms, a living room, complete with a large bathroom.

This would make a brilliant place for your guests to stay, and you could make the garden building very luxurious.

You could have a large bathroom, complete with a claw legged bath if you really wanted to push the boat out, why not have a freestanding bath, that could be made entirely from copper? This is very luxurious and also copper has excellent insulating properties, simply meaning it will keep the bathwater warm for longer.

Then you could have tiled walls and floor, you could have a walk-in shower, you could also have an electric towel rail to keep your towels nice and warm.

Then walk into the living room, you could have a huge television, a three-piece sofa, and you could also have a bar area in the corner, where your guests can prepare a drink.

Then you could have a large single bedroom, or you might wish to have two bedrooms built within the garden building?

Your guests, as they walk into the garden building, might actually think that they walked into a hotel, and a luxurious hotel at that.

Would you like us to build a luxurious garden room for you?

We’ve already built countless garden buildings right throughout South-West England, if you would like for us to build one for you, then why not call us today?

Our top tips to consider when designing a garden office

 

So, undoubtably, hand’s-down, garden offices are still by far the most popular use for our garden rooms. Closely followed by our customers using the buildings as gardens bars- gin anyone? And also, to use the rooms as a garden bar.

So, whether you’re a budding entrepreneur, just about to set up your own business, or perhaps, you would for a company, and just need a nice, quiet space to work, well, we have the perfect garden rooms for you.

So, lets get down to work on helping you to design your perfect garden office

 

Don’t just use the room for one purpose

So, a garden room, can be used for many different purposes. And if you have a large garden, let’s, say your garden is very wide, well, you have a blank canvass to build a large garden office, that hasn’t just got to be used as an office, what about having a side room built, and use the space as a home gym, or as a room to practice yoga, or perhaps, why not just have it as room, that has a comfortable couch, so you can watch the rugby in peace in quiet?

So, our best nugget of advice would be this, don’t just have one big open plan room, why not divide the garden office with a side room?

Then you can use the other room as your own gym for example?

Carefully think about the exterior of your garden room and how you want the building to look
So, a garden room might take up a lot of room in your garden, and when you’re not in it, let’s say your sat sipping a refreshing drink in your garden, on a warm summer’s day, well, you will want the building to look good, to improve your garden. You don’t want for instance a garden room company to say, “opt for metal cladding”- that’s all we offer, then your left with a building, that looks like a steel building, that’s best suited on a construction site.

So, as the garden building company to bring samples of cladding, so you can see which type of wood, metal or composite cladding you want.
Also consider maintenance requirements of the cladding, so if you have super busy job, do you really want to rubbing wood oil, or varnishing the hardwood? If the answer is no, then why not opt for composite, this option can have a wood grain effect, so it looks similar to wood, yet the main benefit is, it doesn’t ever need painting, varnishing or wood oil rubbed into it. So composite is very low maintenance, that’s why we would highly recommend this option.

 

 

Ask for 3-D drawings

So, imagine this, you hire, a garden room company, you go off on holiday, and when you return, well, you see a garden room built, that you don’t like the appearance of the building.

For example, you may not like how the UPVC doors look, or perhaps you don’t like the cladding.
So, we would recommend, is hiring a garden room business, like ours, that can create a set of 3D drawings, to show you what the garden room can look like. Its at this stage, you might say, can we alter the design, and have a sedum room added instead, and we can alter the designs and send them to you.

 

 

Think about amount of light and eyestrain

So, if you’re working within your garden office, let’s say 40+ hours a week, you need to think about, how you can make the inside of the building as light as possible. So, you may want a roof light? Also sometimes called a “roof lantern”- we can install a Velux roof lantern for you. We would also recommend, opting for bi-folding doors, aluminium bi-folding doors, can be great way of getting more light into a room. Then, why not have a large window installed on the wall that receives the most sunlight throughout the day?

A meeting room

So, you may be self-employed, or run your own business, so, hiring meeting space, well that can get rather expensive. So why not have a side room built, that can be used as a meeting space, a place to meet your clients? You could have a large white board, table, chairs, and water cooler, so, let’s say you’re a freelance architect, this room makes a great place to have your clients over, and discuss your work.
We build garden offices all over the U.K

We started building garden offices, just in one city, yet as the company expands, we now are building garden offices throughout the United Kingdom, we are often chosen to build garden offices, because we can build them in a short space of time, we offer low prices, when compared to some garden building companies, plus, we use top quality timber.

Do garden rooms require concrete foundations to be built?

 

The short answer to this question is garden rooms will require a strong foundation, but the foundations don’t need to be made from just concrete. The reason is, many garden room companies, ours included, offer many offer different types of foundations, for example there’s concrete plinth’s, concrete base as well as a relatively new option that many companies now offer called “ground screws”.

 

 

What are the advantages and disadvantages of choosing a concrete base?

There are many advantages to opting to have a concrete base as the foundation of your garden room, namely that if it built correctly, it can provide a very strong and also a stable base. The concrete base can act as a barrier also from the wet soil, helping to raise the entire building slightly above ground level.
If the base is thick, it can last a long period of time, and offer a very stable base for the garden room to be built upon. However, thin concrete bases will simply crack and may even cause structural issues to the garden room later on, so the concrete base does need to be the correct thickness.

 

So, what are the disadvantages of opting for concrete base?

Well, there are a few disadvantages of choosing a concrete base for your garden building, that’s because often a micro-digger will be needed first to landscape the garden. A mini-digger, we use JCB mini-diggers, to make sure the ground is prepared ready for the concrete to be poured often via a concrete truck complete with extending arm, to place the concrete exactly where we need it in the garden.
Then concrete is quite expensive, so a large base often costs more to build than ground screws, plus, then there’s also time to factor in of laying a concrete base, it often takes longer.

Allowing the concrete to set, and all the time to prepare the ground for the concrete pour, well, its very time consuming process, add this means, to build a garden room with a concrete base, well, its often more expensive than if we were to build the exact same building, but instead of opting for concrete foundations, if the customer had opted for ground screws often its much cheaper.

 

 

What are the advantages and disadvantages of choosing ground screws?

So, whether we are busy building a garden bar in the middle of Bath, garden office or perhaps a yoga studio somewhere in the countryside in Somerset, the vast majority of the time, we use ground screws for most of the buildings we build.
Ground screws can be quickly installed, meaning that our builders, can go straight onto the next phase of building your garden room, rather than having to wait for concrete to set.

This is why ground screws are absolutely great, because they can be installed very quickly, and then the builders can get to work in installing the base of the garden room.

It often means that we can build the whole garden building, a lot quicker than if the customer was to opt for concrete instead.

Also, we hire a separate company, a specialist ground screw company to install our ground screws.. This way, you can be reassured, that the ground screws will be installed by a highly experienced company, which offers a guarantee on the ground screws that they install.

 

What would your company recommend, using ground screws or to instead opt for a concrete base?

We would always recommend, ground screws, however, sometimes within some gardens, for example gardens which have very boggy ground, sometimes ground screws won’t be suitable for that type of garden.

This is why it’s so important, that before we offer you a quote, one of our sales staffs comes out to meet you, to see if your garden is suitable for using ground screws.

 

Concrete pillars

As we mentioned earlier, building a large concrete base, can be quite expensive to build and also quite labour intensive, if labourers are using wheel barrows to pour the concrete into place. One alternative is therefore build concrete pillars, these pillars can then be used to build the wooden joists upon.

The benefits of choosing concrete pillars, is that is they are very strong, they are durable, plus, concrete pillars can be built quicker than an entire concrete slab.

Concrete pillars, also are much cheaper to build than a large concrete slab.

 

Which type of foundation will you opt for?

Now that we’ve laid out the benefits and the disadvantages of using ground screws when compared to opting for a concrete base, which option will you choose?

We specialise in building luxury, summerhouses right throughout Bristol, so whether you’re looking for an extra room to use is your place of work, or perhaps the room is just going to be used as a place to enjoy a nice pint of cold beer on a summers afternoon? Why not call us today, and we can offer you a free and no obligation quotation.

Are you thinking about having a yoga studio built?

 

Date: 18th of September 2023

Garden Yoga Studio

 

Do you enjoy practising yoga? Perhaps you attend a yoga class say 2 to 3 times every week at your local gym? Perhaps you also practice yoga at home on a daily basis?

However, when you’re practising yoga at home, well, you might have a lot of distractions within your house, which may distract you from really enjoying your yoga? For example, somebody could be asking you what’s for supper that evening?

When really what you want is just 30 minutes of doing yoga, within your yoga studio so that you can just unwind after a long and busy day at work.

This is why we think that a garden yoga studio, is a brilliant addition to any home for anybody who enjoys practicing yoga.

 

 

Bespoke

One of the reasons Kingsley Build are asked to build so many yoga studios, right across Britain, is because the buildings that we build are totally bespoke. Often the client, knows the exact dimensions of how large they want the building to be. Our customers also know how they want the exterior of the garden room to look, in terms of cladding such as whether they want say red cedar, or a totally different type of cladding such as high quality composite.

Often our customers will also know what bathroom suite they want, and may have already ordered in from the bathroom supplier. Often the customer will also know what colour they want the walls painted as well, such as certain colour or green, that’s manufactured by Farrow and Ball.

 

We can therefore build a bespoke garden room for our customers.

Our company is therefore very different from the companies in Bristol, that simply mass produces wooden summerhouses, in a light industrial unit, and then use a haulage company, to just ship the summerhouses out to the customer. The customer then has to build the building themselves, or hire a builder to complete this work.

 

 

Decking

Perhaps it’s a really sunny day outside, so it’s perfect weather to do yoga outside, plus there’s a nice cool summer breeze, blowing right through your garden, so therefore why not therefore, practice yoga in your garden?

We can build decking (composite or wood), in front of the garden building, but we can also extend a canopy or a roof, so that you can enjoy practising yoga on your decking, we also have a roof to cover the decking, so you just in case it does start raining you have a roof covering you.

 

 

Quality sound system

Quality speakers fitted into the ceiling, you might want to have very high-quality speakers fitted into the ceiling of the garden room?
This way you can listen to music, which may help you to enjoy doing yoga even more?
For example, you could be listening to the noise of a waterfall, dolphins or perhaps even the sound of the Amazon rainforest?

 

Built to last

We understand, that whether you’re going to use your garden building as a place to run yoga classes throughout the week, or perhaps you are thinking using the room as an office, you are going to want a building that is made to last.

Your going to want a building that is very high quality, which comes with a very long guarantee, that’s exactly what we can offer.

 

 

We can build your perfect garden yoga studio

Your garden lends itself as a brilliant place to practice yoga. Outside within your garden it can be so serene and peaceful place, ideal for just reading a good book, or perhaps doing yoga? For example, you could be looking out over a large lawned area within your garden, you could be hearing the birds singing, and also you could have huge windows allowing a large amount of natural light into the garden room, making it a perfect place to practice yoga.

 

Do you run yoga classes or workshops?

Perhaps you run yoga classes at a local gym?

Are you are a yoga instructor?

Well, you could have a really large yoga studio built within your garden, that you can use all year round, where you could run yoga classes.
Therefore, you could have a large garden room built by us, complete with very high quality air conditioning, as well as multiple electric heaters, so that you can use that building all year round, to run your yoga classes within.

 

 

Ample sunlight

What’s so great about hiring our business to build your luxury summerhouses, is that you can have the windows and doors built as large as you would like- so you might want floor to ceiling windows installed?

For example, let’s say that one wall on your garden room receives the most sunlight right throughout the day- so for that wall, why not have a floor to ceiling window installed, so that as much light enters the room as possible?

We can also install bi-folding doors, so that when the weather is nice outside, you can allow the warm breeze into the garden room by simply opening the bi-folding doors. Even in the middle of winter, bi folding doors can allow a lot of natural light into the garden building, perfect therefore for a yoga studio.

 

Painting and decorating

If you’re going to use your garden building as a place to practice yoga, or perhaps to do yoga classes, then you may want the room painted in nice neutral colours, such as cream colour or perhaps a nice shade of green?
We have painters and decorators, which can paint the room in any shade of colour that you would like, we would recommend using Farrow and Ball paint.

 

 

Toilet and shower

After you’ve been practising yoga, you might want to take a shower, we can therefore install a shower into your garden building for you.
We can even add a complete bathroom suite, complete with underfloor heating, inside your yoga studio if you would like this installed within the garden building?

 

Don’t pay over the odds?

Our customers, are often pleasantly surprised, by how competitive our prices actually are.
Often, our customers obtain free quotes from say three different garden room companies. Often, we will have offered the most competitive price, but also, we are often chosen because we offer very long guarantee periods on our summerhouse.

The many benefits of choosing Shou Sugi Ban cladding for your garden room

 

 

On many garden buildings, homeowners are choosing to have Shou Sugi Ban cladding installed, which is cladding which is inspired by the Japanese process, of charring the outside of the wood.

There are many benefits to choosing Shou Sugi Ban fencing and cladding for your garden, not only does it have a unique appearance, but also it helps to protect the wood from the elements.

 

What are the benefits of choosing Shou Sugi Ban cladding for your garden office or garden room?

Our highly skilled joiners, can select quality hardwood or softwood, they can then start to charring the outside of the wood, using blow torches. It’s this process that produces Shou Sugi Ban cladding, which chars the wood, and gives it a darker appearance.

When you combine this with black, or dark grey aluminium framed windows and doors, it can give the appearance of a modern garden room. For example, if you would like a more traditional look, then you might opt for oak cladding, a pitched roof, and perhaps you would like the roof made from wooden slates. However if you want a more modern appearance, then you might opt for Shou Sugi Ban exterior cladding, you might even want a fence which is Shou Sugi Ban  as well, to match the exterior cladding of the garden building.

 

 

How much does a garden office cost, complete with Shou Sugi Ban cladding?

Garden rooms, which have  Shou Sugi Ban  exterior cladding, start from just £25,000. We have already built, many garden buildings, this includes offices and garden rooms, that have  Shou Sugi Ban  exterior cladding. We can offer you many different types of hardwood, or softwood options to choose from. We purchase our timber from Travis Perkins, our joiners, can then chart the outside of the wood, using blow torches, this will give the wood a much darker appearance, and also help to protect the timber from the elements.

 

Does Shou Sugi Ban give off a smell?

Yes, because the timber has been charred, often when you are near the timber, it will give off a aroma, of it being through the charring process. Our joiners, will often spend many hours, using a blow torch to slightly chart the outside of the timber, this will darken the appearance of the hardwood, all the softwood. Then for a period of time, you might be able to smell, the aroma of the wood beamed chard.

 

 

An ancient Japanese process

You might have seen many garden buildings, on social media website, such as Facebook, which have been built by UK garden room companies. Many of these will have  Shou Sugi Ban cladding, and you might think that this is a new type of exterior cladding, yet it’s not, it actually is a process that dates back to ancient times, and the process originates from Japan.

The Japanese would char their timber, this is to help protect the timber, and it offers a natural way of protecting the wood, rather than using wood varnishes, paints or stains.

 

 

 

We can also build Shou Sugi Ban fencing as well

sometimes, some of our customers, want the exterior of their garden building, to match the garden fence. We can therefore take away your old garden fence, and in its place we can build Shou Sugi Ban  fencing, this will then match the exterior of your garden building.

 

 

Would you like a quote?

We build a wide range of garden buildings, for example, we build garden offices, right through to wooden buildings, which are used as garden bars, and therefore a place to enjoy a nice glass of whiskey on a summers evening.

If you would like a quote, for a garden building to be constructed, then why not call us, we have over seven years’ experience building garden rooms.

 

 

 

Are you able to install a complete bathroom and also a large kitchen within our garden room?

 

Let’s say, that you’re going to use garden office, for say 40+ hours per week. This is a lot of time, spent within your garden office. Therefore, every time you need to use the bathroom, you might not want to walk back to your house to use the bathroom there. Also, every time you want to make a nice hot beverage, say a spiced cinnamon latte, well, you might not want to walk back to the kitchen, within your house neither to make that delicious drink.

It simply therefore, makes it much more convenient to have a large kitchen, as well as a bathroom installed within the building.

 

Can you install a kitchen into our garden room?

 

Yes, we can, sometimes our customers will purchase their own kitchen units, other times they would like us to show them a brochure showing the various kitchen units we can offer. For example we can purchase a complete kitchen from Travis Perkins for you. Our carpenters can then install the kitchen units for you.

We can build a kitchen, complete with a sink, even a dishwasher can be installed as well. This will make it much more convenient, when you’re working within the garden office, to make a cup of tea and to wash the cups up afterwards.

 

Can you also install a bathroom?

Yes, we can, we can either add a side room, which is quite narrow, but allows enough space for just a toilet, and a wash hand basin to be installed. On the other hand, you might want a complete bathroom installed within your garden room?

 

 

Ventilation

When you are boiling kettles throughout the day within the kitchen, and when you are using to shower in the bathroom, it’s important that the garden room company which is building, the building thinks about ventilation. That’s because otherwise, if ventilation is not installed, damp spores can quickly start to occur within the building.

As well as ventilation, they also have to think about condensation, and how this will affect certain building materials such as the plasterboard.

For example, the bathroom might need to become a wet room, with plastic panels on the walls, or completely tiled with ceramic tiles. If plasterboard was just used, then this could mean that condensation could build up, causing the plasterboard to become damp, producing black spores and therefore damp issues could occur, if the right ventilation is not installed.

So, as well as ventilation, there needs to be electric fans install in both the kitchen as well as the bathroom, the garden room company also needs to consider the building materials used, such as what would be best used in the bathroom, plastic panels on the wall or for the bathroom to be completely tiled?

For example, we would recommend tiles used in the kitchen, as well as kitchen and bathroom paint on the walls and ceiling, and also for ventilation to be installed.

 

 

Electrics/solar panels

Some customers will want us to fit solar panels fitted to the roof, so that they can generate electric, but also, often they want our electricians, to also connect means electric as well. This way, if there’s not enough electricity stored in the batteries, then you can switch to means electric.

We can also install panels, on the roof of your garden building, which can help to generate warm water. For example, you can wash your dishes using warm water, that’s been created, from having panels on the roof which generates hot water from the sunlight.

 

 

Assembling the kitchen units

We can supply, as well as also fit, all of the kitchen units for you. This means that, the owner of the garden building, then just has to move in their appliances, perhaps a dishwasher, kettle and toaster? This makes it much more convenient, let’s say when you’re working in the garden office, to just grab a quick snack from the fridge freezer.

We can offer you many different kitchen options to choose from, for example you might want a modern kitchen, which is white and has a high gloss finish, so that the kitchen looks shiny.

Alternatively, you might want kitchen units, which are made from hardwood, such as oak?

 

 

Supply and installing a bathroom

 

We can supply the bathroom suite, this includes the toilet, the wash hand basin, a bath and also a shower. We can also install electric hand dryers as well, our electricians can also install all of the ventilation for you. If you would like, we can also install underfloor heating, as well as a electric towel rail as well for you.

 

 

Would you like a garden room built, that has a kitchen and also a bathroom?

 

Whether you are going to use the garden room as your main place to work, therefore it will be your garden office, or perhaps it’s going to be used as a home gym? We can install a complete bathroom as well as a kitchen for you.

Right throughout South-West England, many homeowners have already hired us to build large garden buildings, that either have a kitchen or a bathroom, or sometimes they have both installed.

We can install items such as high-quality Dyson hand dryers, we can also help you to install your kitchen appliances in such as your Bosch dishwashers into the kitchen.

If you would like an eco-friendlier garden room, then we can install solar panels, onto the roof for you.

 

Are you able is to also completely paint and decorate the garden room for us?

 

Sometimes, after we have built the kitchen, as well as the bathroom, the customer may also want us to lay hardwood flooring, paint the ceiling, the walls and also the skirting boards.

We can therefore completely paint and decorate the entire building, and we can get your garden room ready to the point that all you have to do is simply move your furniture in.

We can paint the garden room exterior and interior any colour you would like, we can use quality paints, such as Farrow and Ball paints.

 

Which areas do you build garden offices and rooms in?

 

We travel right throughout England, the vast majority, of our garden buildings are constructed in the West Country.

We also offer completely free quotes, prices for our garden buildings range between £18,000 and £70,000, if you would like to receive a free and no obligation quote then why not call us.

Here’s some of the reasons why so many people hire us to build their garden office

 

13th September 2023

 

Why are garden offices now so popular within the United Kingdom?

As you cast your eye down the many job opportunities, on let’s say Read.co.uk, often many businesses now offer the employee to work on a “hybrid basis” or sometimes they would like the employee to work from home on a full-time basis.
This often means, that the employee will work say two days a week at home.

 

A lot of people might be used to working in a large office, say in the city centre, so, the employee might not have a place where they can work full time, other than say on the kitchen table.

They may start working from the kitchen counter, or perhaps from the sofa, or perhaps in a cramped boxroom.

However, very soon, the employee, may suddenly decide that they need a garden office built. A place where they can comfortably work, that is large enough for them to work comfortably.

 

 

The pros and also the cons of working from home

Getting back and fore work for some people, well it can be a rather considerable expense on their monthly outgoings.
For example, purchasing all those train tickets, or simply paying to have a reliable car, can sometimes be quite expensive- plus that’s not to mention all the diesel, the electric or petrol you will consume going back and fore work.

So, if you were to ask us, what’s the biggest benefit of owning a garden office, well, it has to be that in less than one minute, you can leave your house, walk the length of your garden, perhaps with an espresso in hand? And you can simply start work in your garden office, which may be just a few short steps away from your house.
Therefore, just think of the environmental benefits, of not having to use your car everyday to get to work.

 

 

You could help to make your property more saleable

Let’s say that you live on a long street, and the properties well there all very similar. let’s say that each of the properties on your street is a four-bedroom detached house. And let’s say that at the current time, there are three properties for sale on Rightmove. So what can you do to differentiate your property from the other houses that are currently for sale? Well one way is to have a garden office, or a garden room built by us. This could help to make your property much more saleable.

For example, a buyer of the property, might themselves want to work in that garden office, and because you have already had the building built, therefore, that person might want to buy your property, because you have the advantage, of having a garden office, that’s already constructed, offering a place where they can work in the garden office straightaway, where the other properties street, might not have a garden room built? So therefore having a garden office built, could make your home more saleable.

 

 

 

Could you be even more productive if you owned a garden office?

Cold callers knocking on the front door, somebody watching the television to loudly, or simply somebody in your household looking to have a chat with you, about what you fancy for dinner that evening- well, these could all be considered distractions.

So these distractions, well they could simply distract you from getting your work done.

Each distraction might only take up say 10 minutes of your time, yet when all this time gets added altogether, you might be very behind with your work at the end of the day, meaning that you have to work longer hours, which is not good.

A garden office, could therefore potentially help you to be more productive, because you will be working in a building that is detached from your main house, therefore you will be away from many of the distractions of working within your home.

Of course next door occasionally cutting back to holly bush, with a noisy electric strimmer, well that might prove to be a distraction while your working in your garden office, but generally speaking, working in a garden office, allows a nice quiet place to get your work completed.

 

3-D designs

We can help to create a set of 3-D designs, this way you can see how the garden office could look, that’s before it actually been built.
Therefore, we could offer a set of 3-D designs, these can be created at a low cost, often below £500.00.

These 3D drawings could show difference in appearance of what the exterior cladding options could look like, for example, perhaps you want to compare what red cedar cladding will look like when compared with grey, composite cladding?

You may also you may want to see what the building could look like if it was to have a canopy built to the side, or if it was to have decking built out the front of the garden building, complete with glass balustrades?

Our designers can therefore design a set of 3-D drawings, so that you can choose which design that you like the most.

 

 

Can these buildings be used right throughout the different seasons?

 

From the outside, most garden buildings, look rather similar, as most will have wooden cladding. However, what separates a high-quality garden building in our opinion, from a cheap building, is that our buildings, have a breathable membrane, they have high quality insulation, plus also, they are designed to be used all year round. So, come rain, sleet or snow, our buildings can be used.

They can be air-conditioned, and come with heaters, so whatever the weather is like outside, you can be comfortable inside your garden room built by us.

 

How should I know which garden room company to choose?

 

Here in the United Kingdom, there are thousands of different companies that you can choose, there are companies which just build flatpack buildings, and then there are companies which offer bespoke buildings, we build bespoke garden rooms.

What we would recommend, above all else, is that you choose a company which offers a long guarantee period.

After all, purchasing a garden building, is a considered purchase, it will cost a lot of money, therefore, we would recommend choosing a garden room company, offers you a long guarantee period.

We have built many garden offices, the vast majority of the timber buildings that we construct, are used as offices. This simply means that we have a lot of experience building these buildings.

We offer free quotes, so why not call us today?

Do you want a green garden room built- that’s super eco-friendly? Well, you’ve come to the right place

 

Introduction

Garden rooms to be built so that are long lasting, plus insulated, well, they need a lot of building materials to build them. A lot of glass, wood and plastics are often used in their construction, so its important that the building is built so that it is environmentally friendly.

We thought it would be a good idea to dedicate a whole blog post to describing how we can make a green eco-friendly garden room for you.

 

Recycled plastics, environmentally friendly cladding

So, when you on Instagram looking for ideas on how you would like your garden building to look, often the buildings will have wooden cladding. A super popular option is to opt for red cedar cladding, it’s become somewhat of the most commonly chosen option.

Yet, there’s a cladding option that’s not made from natural wood, that can be made using recycled plastics, and because it is made using recycled plastics, simply lasts a long period of time, because unlike wood, it can’t rot, or get eaten by wood worm. The cladding option we are describing is known as “composite cladding”.

Composite cladding is a environmentally friendly option for two main reasons, one if you select a top quality brand, it will last a very long period of time. The second reason is some companies which manufacturer composite decking, cladding and composite posts, use recycled plastics as one of the main ingredients in constructing the item.

 

Super thick insulation

A garden room is often a freestanding structure, placed at the end of a garden. This means it often won’t be connected to the homes central heating system, and is often not made using brick or breeze block.
Therefore, it’s imperative that the building, if it’s a wooden building, that is has super thick insulation- what type of insulation would be recommend?

We would recommend panel insulation, yet the super thick insulation panels, and to place these between the structural timbers, that’s behind the plasterboard. Then there should be insulation in the roof and also in the floors.
A more environmentally option would be to opt for a natural product, that is sheep’s wool.

Sheep’s wool is very good insulation.

 

Reclaimed timbers

There are many salvage and reclamation yards in Bristol that now sell reclaimed timbers. Sometimes a customer may specify that they want reclaimed wood use to build the building, often 100% of the building cannot be built using reclaimed wood, because, some timbers may not be available. However, we can endeavour to use as much reclaimed timber as possible, if the customer would like us to.

This means that we can often obtain reclaimed joists, cladding and structural timbers, these timbers often come from local buildings which have been demolished. We can then purchase the wood from local reclamation yards, and use these to build your new garden building.

 

Solar panels

For a lot of us, we will have noticed our energy prices increase over recent months, this has meant that some homeowners now want to create their own green energy. One way to do this is to have a garden building built, and place solar panels on the roof.
We can fit solar panels on the roof, and this can help you to create your own green energy. When we are offering you a free quote, at the same time, we can recommend whether where the garden building will be built, whether this is a good location for solar panels to be fitted.

 

A green roof

If you hire us to build your garden building, we can add what’s called a “sedum roof” to your summerhouse.
This can help grass and flowers to grow, which is great for environment.

 

Rain water harvesting

We can fit water butts to the guttering for you, this simply solution, will help collect rain water, which can then be used to water your flowers in your garden.

 

Double glazing

We can install quality double glazed doors, we can offer to install a single door, a bi-folding door, we can install French doors as well.
We can also install double glazed windows as well; this will help to improve the energy efficiency of the building.

 

Composite cladding

Often when the weathers nice, its bright, and it’s a warm outside, you may want to sit on your decking, and enjoy say an espresso, before heading back indoors, to complete some more work.

So, you may want decking built, we would highly recommend opting for “composite decking” the main reason for this is quality brands of composite decking often out last wooden decking, plus no paint needs to be applied to composite decking, and therefore because less paint is used, well, this is better for the environment as well.

 

Would you like an eco-friendly garden room built?

Our highly experienced team are now building garden rooms right throughout the U.K.
We can therefore build a garden room that is environmentally friendly, from placing solar panels onto the roof, to adding a sedum roof, through to using cladding that’s made from recycled plastics. We travel the whole of the U.K building well made, eco-friendly garden rooms, which are made to last the test of time. With prices starting from as low as 18k, its clear to see why we are a well know garden room company.

Why not call us today?

 

Do you require a small garden office to be built?

Small garden offices

6 September 2023

 

Do you have a small garden?

Like most large cities, Bristol has many properties which have small gardens, sometimes described as “courtyards gardens” or simply gardens that are not much bigger than a patio. Now you might be thinking, well there’s not enough room here to swing a cat! Let alone build a garden office!

Yet, our highly skilled designers, can measure your garden for you, and offer you some ideas, to make the best use out of the space you have. For example, does den end at a sharp point? Well why not get a triangular garden building, that fits snugly into the point of your garden, allowing you to make the best use out of the available space?

 

City life

A lot of us now work from home, sometimes full-time, or hybrid working, a mix of working in an office for a company and at home for some of the week.

However, even though where working from home, this doesn’t mean that the work is any easier, those work tasks keep on mounting up and up!

However, working from home, can sometimes be difficult for some people, because there are so many distractions to be had.

And you might think, well, I fancy a nice cup of tea, with a digestive biscuit- and why not?

However, with that quick cuppa tea, well in might lead to a 30 minutes conversation with your partner about a movie, that you went to see at the cinema last night -which now leads you seriously behind on getting your work done!

So, what’s needed is a garden office, somewhere where you can close the doors, get your work done without the distractions of other people distracting you from getting your work done.

You can have a nice good quality kitchen installed as well within your garden office, and also a bathroom, so you haven’t got to leave the room until you want to.

 

 

One size doesn’t fit all!

One size may fit all, when it comes to purchasing a baseball cap, but this does not apply, when you are buying a garden room.
If you were to purchase a summerhouse online, what you might find is, that it doesn’t fit the exact contours of your garden.

So, you are then left with an area to the side of the garden building, that might be wasted, where numerous weeds might start growing, and therefore this area is wasted because you can’t do anything with that space. It’s not big enough to sit at the size of the garden room, because you won’t fit your deckchair there. So it’s wasted space because there is a large gap between the garden building and the garden fence, which is just used to grow large amounts of weeds.

 

 

Bespoke

However our garden buildings are totally different, they can fit the contours of your garden, because our buildings are bespoke, they are made-to-measure. This means that we can build the whole building to any size you would like, and therefore it can fit your garden perfectly.

So if you own a country manner, let’s say in Bath, then we can build a truly massive garden room for you, because the sky is the limit, you have ample amounts of space.

However if you are in a terraced house in Bristol, and you can’t swing a cat at the garden, well do not worry, because we can build a small garden room for you, and even though the garden room is small, it could still have a compact bathroom.

So you could still have a small toilet and wash hand basin and also another space for you to get your work done comfortably. Because the room could be fully air-conditioned and heated.

 

 

 

We can take care of everything for you

Most of us have super busy lives, and we don’t have much free time, so what you might be looking for is a garden room company that can take care of everything for you, from start to finish, so all you have to do is move your furniture in.

Therefore you don’t want to go calling around various electricians to see if they are available to install the electrics. And often You don’t want to call around various plasterers to get quotes for them to plaster the inside of the garden room, you also don’t want to call around to get quotes from painters and decorators.

And you don’t have to do any of this work, when you hire us because we have all of these tradesmen in-house, so we can complete the work for you

 

 

 

What are the benefits of choosing a small garden office?

A small garden office is much easier to heat, that’s if it’s well insulated. In matter of fact, with a good quality electric heater, the room will be nice and toasty inside in next to no time at all.

 

 

 

Affordable

A small garden office, can be built, at a very affordable price. Many residents in Bristol, are now using our garden offices, as their main place to work throughout the week. And with prices starting from just 18,000, they are very affordable, it’s clear to see why our garden offices are now in so many gardens across the West Country from Exeter right through to Bath.

 

 

 

Completely separate

When your completing work, the might have paperwork scattered all across the table, you might have a big calculator there on the table, your laptop computer, and folders for your work, and also post it notes all over the place, with scribbling writing on them reminding you to do certain tasks the next day.

Now, if you’re working from the kitchen table, you might have to clean all of this paperwork away, when your family is about to have your dinner.

Yes, if you own a garden office, you can work from your desk, and you can have all your items for your work within the garden office. You could have a bookcase, full of all your folders, and you don’t have to clean everything away when dinner is served, that’s because your garden office, can just be used as your place to work.

That way you have a dedicated place where you can work, and where you can store your work items.

 

 

Brilliant for meetings

So you might be an entrepreneur, and somebody who’s just starting a brand-new business in Bristol, , yet, you might not want to meet your customers in your house.

So instead, you can walk your customers to your garden office, and make them a nice cup of tea, therefore you could have a business meetings within your garden office.

Our talented carpenters, can install the kitchen for you, so that you have a place to make a nice cup of tea.

 

 

Insulated for use right throughout the seasons

It doesn’t matter, if there are is a snowman in the garden, because it’s December and snow is falling all around you.

And it doesn’t matter if it’s a blisteringly hot day in July, that’s because, our garden buildings are insulated, so this simply means they are very easy to heat in the winter months.

Also, in the summer, when it’s baking hot, you could have a good quality air conditioning system installed, which you can simply switch on, and because there’s insulation in the walls, it will help to keep the cold air within the building longer.

 

 

Built superfast

We have a large team of builders, we now have over 10 full-time builders working for us, we have many plasterers, we have many rubber roofers, we also have many carpenters working for us, we have site managers, we have electricians, we have painters and decorators.

This simply means that we can build your garden room at a blisteringly fast pace, each day when you return home from work, you will simply be impressed by the progress that our tradesmen will have made during the day.

 

 

 

£18,000-don’t look a gift horse in the mouth!

As the old saying goes, don’t look a gift horse in the mouth, and what we mean by that is, our garden offices offer fantastic value for money.

Whether it’s snowing outside, or it is hot, we are always busy building garden rooms right across the West Country right and throughout the entire year, simply because our buildings offer amazing value for money, that’s why our phone doesn’t stop ringing from people wanting us to build a summerhouse for them.

So why not get on the dog a bone, that’s phone and give us a ring and we can arrange building a luxurious garden room for you?

 

What are the benefits of having a large garden room built?

 

At this current time, you may well be visualising and also pondering how you would like your garden building to look? You might be looking on social media, such as on Instagram posts made by various garden room companies to gain some food for thought on how you would like the building to look.

And often, it’s a compromise between how large you want the garden room to be, and how much space you want it in your garden to take up. If you have a truly large garden, or perhaps you own acres of land? Well then, the world is your oyster, you can build the building as large as you want, once planning permission has been granted.

Or if you don’t have as much outdoor space, you might be currently weighing up, whether to get a large garden room built, and whether it’s worth a garden building occupying a large proportion of your garden.

So, we thought we would explain, the many benefits of owning a massive garden room built by us, and our prices are likely to be less than you might have thought.

 

Can be used 365 days of the year

Sometimes, when a garden building is being photographed, to be put on a garden room companies website, often the building will be pictured in the middle of summer. That’s when it’s nice and warm outside, the grass Infront of the building is lush and green, and often the picture will have a couple enjoying a nice glass of wine on the decking, and this is put onto the website to show what the garden room could look like in your garden.

However, when the leaves are falling off the trees, and it’s bitterly cold outside, you still want a building that you can use even in the middle of winter. You will want a building that you can easily heat, and is also insulated so it can be used, right throughout the different seasons.

So, the benefits of purchasing a garden building from us, is that you could have a truly large building constructed, that can be used for multiple different purposes. For example you might want to use the space a place to exercise, or to work, and it can be used right throughout the entire year. This is made possible, by our talented and experienced builders cramming insulation (we can use Rockwool or Sheep’s Wool or Quinn Panel Insulation) into every nook and cranny of the building.

Some summerhouses, (built by some other companies) well they are as much use in the winter as a chocolate teapot- what we mean by that is with wafer thin walls (sometimes just the same thickness as your garden fence!) this often mean that within some summerhouses, strong drafts can blow through the walls, causing the occupants to feel, well rather freezing inside.

The solution is simple, when you hire us to build the building, our builders will always quality insulation, and this means that the whole building, can be easily heated. Our highly experienced electricians, can also install all of the electrics for you, including Dimplex oil filled radiators, which at the flick of a switch, can start to heat each room that you are in.

 

Multiple uses

You might have a large garden, but if you were to actually calculate the hours spent in the garden, say over the winter and also the autumn months, well, it might accumulate to not that long at all spent in your garden. In the winter months, it may even equate to zero hours, because its simply too cold to be outside in your garden during say December.

Quite simply put, our winters seem to last quite a while in the United Kingdom, so when it’s cold, damp and dark in our gardens, often don’t spend much time there, especially during the winter months.

Yet with that said, that space can be used much more often, if you do have a truly massive garden building, a place where you could use it as a bar, a place to exercise, or perhaps a place to work.

 

Home from home

We can add a complete bathroom suite within your summerhouse, we could install kitchen area as well, we could even install a separate room or multiple rooms, which you could use as a bedroom, for when your guests stay over.

Therefore, the benefits of having a truly massive garden building, is that you could have separate bedrooms, you could have ensuite added onto each of them, as well as a huge main living room with sofas, huge television and big windows.

 

Comfortable

What separates us from thousands of other UK garden room companies, is that we can make your garden building super comfortable and can make also very luxurious. From adding underfloor heating, through to installing luxurious bathrooms, perhaps you would even want a bath that is made of copper installed?

We can build truly large garden building, with floor to ceiling windows, and a bathroom that has walk in shower, large bath as well as toilet and sink.

We can make your garden building luxurious, space where you or your guests will want to spend time- they may even forget they are within a garden building, and think their on holiday in a luxury hotel?

Our builders can therefore build a summerhouse, that can feel like you’re walking into a five-star hotel, with underfloor heating, a large living space filled with comfortable sofas, a massive television screen, large aluminium framed windows, to allow panoramic views across the surrounding area.

We can also put the sedum roof on the roof, so that you can grow wildflowers, we could put a huge area made with composite decking, with glass balustrades, complete with stainless steel handrails so you can sit out and enjoy nice glass of gin and tonic in the sunshine.

 

Many builders

Some companies, might only send out one or possibly two garden room installers to build a garden room, which means that a truly large garden building can take a very long time to build- sometimes a few months from start to finish.

Yet if you were to pick us, well, on average we can build the whole building in less than 3 weeks.

The reason that we are often chosen, is because we have a truly large team of builders, we are every type of tradesmen working for us from highly experienced plasterers, through to electricians, so even large garden building that are truly massive, we can build it in a short period of time.

Right throughout the South-West of England, from Exeter, right down to Bristol, every single week our installers are out busy working to build our luxurious garden buildings.

We travel all across the U.K, so we may have even built a building on your street? The reason we are chosen is because we can build luxurious buildings quickly, plus we offer very competitive prices.

 

Do you require a garden building to be built so that you can offer a accommodation for your guests?

You might have family which stays over with you on a regular basis in South West, England?

However, you might not have the spare bedroom to house your family for the duration of their star?

Your family or friends may therefore stay in local hotels? And this can obviously be costly after all, with some hotels charging in excess of £140.00 a night, well it be a costly for your friends and family when they come to visit you. Yet, there’s no hotel costs, or fees if you checkout late! When you own a large, spacious well build garden room, with ensuite, that you know your friends and family will enjoy staying in.

Luxury that doesn’t cost the earth

When you see our luxury summerhouses being built, they look well, simply amazing, and you might think that they cost an absolute fortune- but they don’t, our starting prices, start from just 18k. So, we offer some of the best prices around, this is why, we are simply the bees’ knees when it comes to building garden buildings. If you would like a free and no obligation quotation then why not call us today?

We build garden buildings anywhere in the West Country, so whether you’re in Exeter, or the glorious and fantastic city of Bath, why not get on the dog and bone (phone) and give us a quick call. One our very friendly and highly knowledgeable sales team will pop out, come and see you, and over a nice cup of tea, we can discuss how you want the building built, they sometimes there and then we can offer you a quote.

We can build a garden room that has a slatted screen fitted to stainless steel rollers

 

September 2, 2023

So, what are the benefits of having a slatted screen fitted to your garden room?

A garden room, is not just somewhere we spend time working, exercising or let’s say you’re listening to music. It’s more than that, you want a garden building which has brilliant aesthetic, which improves the appearance of your garden, and each time you wander out into your garden, you want to be impressed by how your garden looks.

And they slatted screen, help to improve the appearance of a garden room, but it also helps you to create shade, and therefore keep your garden room cooler.

 

Beautiful wood

There are so many fantastic quality woods to choose from, red cedar, beech, oak, these are fantastic quality wood, that you could have fitted to a slatted screen. The slatted screen can be fitted to a stainless-steel roller, simply meaning that you can roll it back and for, depending on where you want to create shade within your garden room.

 

How does, a slatted screen on rollers work?

Our builders, can lay a stainless-steel track, the slatted screen, can then roll back and fore, on the rollers. This allows the garden room to feel more private, because for example where you’re sitting on the sofa, you might want to slide the wooden slats across, so you have more privacy.

It also helps to create shade, so on a really blistering hot summers day, you can roll the slatted screen across, and Cretan shade, so the sun is not blinding your eyes.

 

Improve the design of your garden room

Certain woods, can improve the appearance of your garden room, quality oak for example, with a good lacquer of varnish, has a fantastic grain and appearance to the wood. Therefore, when you added a slatted screen, this can really improve the appearance of your garden room, because there will be that fantastic colour wood.

 

Contrast

Sometimes, a popular colour for a garden room will be to have black or grey cladding, which are dark in colour, when you contrast this, with a light colour wood, used for the slatted screen, the light colour wood can contrast nicely with the dark colour of say the composite cladding, with a metal sheet cladding.

 

Quality that costs less than you might think,

If you would like a garden office constructed, or let’s say a luxurious garden room, then you might be thinking that such a building will be very expensive. You might be thinking a large garden room, complete with decking and also a slatted screen, will cost an absolute fortune.

However, our prices start from just £18,000, so whether we are building a garden office pod, or perhaps a garden bar, where you can have your friends over and mix cocktails, and have refreshing drink.

 

Built to last

What really important, when purchasing a garden building, is that it is built to last. So, for example, let’s say that we build a slatted screen for you, we can offer you quality hardwoods to choose from, we can also use stainless steel rollers, which are very high quality, we can also add decking which is made to last, for example composite decking, the last a huge amount of time, it’s extremely durable because it’s made from recycled plastics, it’s also easy to clean with a simple brush over and it’s nice and clean.

 

3-D designs

If you would like to visualise better, what your garden building could look like, when it has a slatted screen, and let’s say black composite decking and black composite cladding, combined with let’s say a oak slatted screen.
Yet, we can create a set of 3-D drawings, so you can see what your garden building will look like, at this stage you might want to make alterations to the design of the building.

For example, instead of a slatted screen taking up 50% of the width of the garden room, you might want to extend that to say 75%.
You might also see that the black composite cladding might be too dark, so you opt instead for a grey colour.

So, before our builders, start any work on building your garden building in Bath, perhaps reconstructing a garden building in Bristol, we can create a set of 3-D designs, so you can see what your garden building could look like prior to it being built.

Would you like a garden gym built?

 

Here in Great Britain a lot of people have made visiting the local gym part of their daily routine- after all it’s a great way to keep fit.
So, whether it’s a 7am run in the morning when your sleepy eyed or 7pm at night- visiting the gym is a great way to get fit.

So whether you go to the gym to improve your fitness to lose some weight, or simply get that good feeling we get after a workout, why not hire us to build a garden room for you.

 

 

How much do your garden gyms cost?

When you’re on Facebook, you may see various garden room companies popping up in the adds, who are advertising the garden gyms they can build.

And you might think that such a building is going to cost easily in excess of £50,000 to build right?

Well, a lot of the garden gyms we build cost between 18k and 30k- so they offer fantastic value for money. And its clear to see why throughout the year, whether its snowing, hail or rain, we are busy building garden buildings all over the S.West.

So, whether you like to lift weights of 30kg, 40kg or 50kg- or you like a quick run on the treadmill before work, or perhaps you like to do some yoga in the morning, why not hire our team of builders, to build a garden gym for you?

 

 

Can a garden gym be used throughout the winter?

Our buildings can be used 365 days of the year. So they can most certainly be used in winter, that’s because when we build your new garden building, we will insulate the whole building with ultra thick wall insulation, plus install electric heaters. So, even if it’s freezing outside, you can still use your garden gym and it will be nice and warm inside.

 

Can you install a shower and bathroom within our garden gym?

After you’ve been running on the treadmill for say an hour straight, well you’re most likely going to be drenched in sweat.
So, you’re most likely to want to jump straight into the shower, and have a wash.

You might not want to walk back to the house to have your shower, as your drenched in sweat, so why not have a shower built within your garden gym? We can install a quality Mira electric shower, so you can have a shower within your garden room.

 

 

Music

When you’re working out, you might like to blast 90s dance hits very loudly.

And even though you like 90s dance classics, well your neighbours might not as much as you! So what we can do is, fully insulate the garden room, as well as add soundproofing into the walls, to help to reduce how much noise is emitted from the room.

You could have quality Bang & Olsen speakers installed, we would highly recommend this brand of speakers, as they offer exceptional sound quality.

 

Has your company built many garden gyms before?

Here in Great Britain, more and more of us are becoming increasingly health-conscious.

So, whether it’s improving our diets, going for a nice jog each morning, or perhaps working out at the local gym a lot of us like to reduce our weight, and improve our fitness and stamina. So, we have seen that garden gyms now becoming increasingly popular, and we would say that after garden offices, garden gyms are now fast becoming one of the most popular types of buildings we build.

 

Built superfast

You might be thinking that a garden room takes many months to build?

And that you need to seek planning permission from the local council before we can start any work?

However, the vast majority of the garden rooms that we build, within the city of Bristol don’t need planning permission.
Some of the buildings we build do require planning permission, and if they do require planning permission from Bristol council or another council, we can advise you on how to make a planning application.

Once planning has been granted, or if it’s not needed at all, our builders can start work on constructing the building for you. Often the whole building can be built, from start to completion in less than 3 weeks.

 

Work out in the fresh air

When you visit a local gym, sometimes the windows are all sealed shut, and it can smell a little bit sweaty, stuffy and can sometimes even smell quite unpleasant within the gym?

So, we believe a garden gym is an altogether better place to work out, as fresh air can fill the room, plus you control the ventilation by either opening the windows, or perhaps the bi-folding doors, allowing the fresh air to flood the room.

Encouraging other family members to also work out

 

You might be an absolute fitness fanatic?

And because of this, when you’re not in work, you might like to be hiking up huge mountains, canoeing down a fast flowing rivers, or simply going to a yoga class which you really enjoy attending?

However, another partner within your family, well let’s say they may well be less enthusiastic about exercising then you.

Yet with that said, when you have a garden gym built, it makes it very easy and convenient for anyone within your household to work out at a time that best suits them.

You might find that your partner wants to work out with you much more often, now you’ve had a garden room built.

 

Make it yours

When you visit a local gym, sometimes they will play music which is not everyone’s cup of tea, so it might not be the type of music that you really like to listen to when your excercising?

So, you may not feel very motivated to start lifting weights, running full steam ahead on the treadmill, and you might not even want to get on the cycle bike for that long at all, as the music might be a bit annoying.

However why not install a jukebox, or a really high-quality audio system within the garden room, then you can put on your favourites music, whether that’s blink 182 or perhaps it’s Frank Sinatra, or perhaps it’s Elvis Presley is what you really like listening too, and why not turn the volume up, really enjoy working out while listening to good music? It can really motivate you to just enjoy your workout.

 

Easier to split your workout over the day

So, when we are driving to a local gym, often most of us try to get a workout complete all in one go, let’s say we dedicate 1hr to working out prior to going to work.

And then that’s it, the workout is complete, however for some people they may prefer two workouts, one in the morning and one in the evening. Yet, nobody really wants to be driving to the gym twice a day.

So, by owning a garden gym, well it makes it an absolute piece of cake to work out when you want, , and because you’re not wasting any time commuting back and fore, and stuck in traffic jams, well, you can spend more time within your garden gym.
So how many workouts are you going to do, 1, 2 or even 3 workout sessions.

 

Have your friends over for a chat and a workout

If you’re working out in a busy gym, well, there’s likely going to be other people on the treadmill next to you, so you might not want to chat to your friend too loudly as you might be overheard by other people at the gym.
So, why not have a garden room built, full of top-quality gym equipment, such as dumbbells, treadmill, and cycle bikes, so that you have a room, where you can exercise in the room, and have your friends over to workout with you and to have a catch-up at the same time.

 

Clean

So, have you ever been in a gym, where the gym equipment wasn’t that clean?
Yes, us too, dusty, dirty and in need of a good clean. Well, when you own a garden gym, its your equipment, so the gym equipment can be squeaky clean, and because a lot of other people won’t be using the equipment, you have the reassurance your gym equipment is nice and clean.

 

Want to lose weight?

So, for some of us, we might want to lose a few pounds. And we are not talking about a few pounds down the back of the sofa, we are talking about our weight.
And for some of us, we may not want to step into a gym, as we might feel, well a bit body conscious.
Yet, when we own a garden gym, well we don’t ever have to feel body conscious, simply because, you can be the only one in the gym.

 

24/7 access

So, sure, there are some gyms which allow 24/7 access, which is great for people who may work outside of the normal 9-5pm work routine. However, many gyms close at say 8pm on weekends, and this may well be the exact time you fancied a quick run on the treadmill.

So, another great reason to buy a garden gym is simply because, you can use the equipment whenever you like.

How are your garden buildings able to cope with our wet British weather?

 

 
Britain is famous for us Brits drinking copious amounts of English tea, devouring fish and chips and our, well wet weather!

For some people, they can’t stand how much it rains here in great Britain, yet for a lot of us, we like this climate.

With that said, some garden rooms, are not able to withstand our British weather- they’re sometimes bit like a digestive biscuit, that’s been left in a cup of tea for two long, simply put sooner or later there going to fall apart!

So, a really commonly asked question is this, can your garden buildings be used during British winters?

And the unequivocal answer to this important question is yes, a resounding yes!

Our garden rooms can be used right throughout the entire year, whether it’s during the festive period of December, or a boiling hot day in

July- quite simply put our garden rooms are able to withstand any type of British weather, rain, sleet, hail- you name it!
And we are going to explain in some detail, how our garden rooms, are durable, long-lasting and can be used in any weather.

 

 

Don’t scrimp and save on the cladding

Here in Britain, when it rains, it really rains!

The rain can quite literally lash down, and what might’ve started as a nice dog walk for you, through the wood in dry weather conditions, might have a lot of people at the end running as fast as they can to get back to their cars, because torrential rain might’ve started to downpour across a village or city to the point you get drenched.

So, you do have to think of which cladding your going to opt for, for your new garden building, as that wooden cladding, well be out there enduring all types of weathers.

The cladding will incur a lot of rain water running down it, with rain blasting against the sides, plus also really heavy rain that’s sustained for hours upon a time just lashing down onto it.
So, yes softwood cladding, might look brilliant for a short period, yet, if it’s not properly maintained (vanished, painted or wood oil applied), then what can happen is that the rain water can be held in the wood, this can cause the timber to rot overtime, and even for woodworm start nibbling away at the timber, weakening it to the point where the cladding needs to be replaced.

So the solution, we think is “composite cladding”, quality cladding, that able to withstand heavy rain, is resistant to wood rot, and we would recommend paying a bit more for quality brand which guarantees the composite to last for say 10 years or longer.

Then you’ve then got total peace of mind, that you have a quality cladding, able to withstand our British weather.

 

The roof

So,you might think, that all garden room roofs are exactly the same- right?

However the quality of summerhouse roofs, well they are often worlds apart.

You can some summerhouses which have tar felt roofing, and some low-quality tar felt roofs, sometimes these roofs will be as thin as paper.

So if the tar felt roofing is low quality, well it doesn’t take much for it to rip, for it to become pierced by say a cat scratching their nails on it!

So what’s needed is a quality roof instead

So, what is often needed is a long-lasting roof and we would most definitely recommend, opting for a rubber roof.

 

Durable construction

We use quality structural timbers, we buy quality timber, the wood we buy is FSC, so it comes from forests which are sustainably managed.

The wood is also kiln dried wood, and we use a lot of timbers, to make sure our garden buildings are strong construction.

 

The windows and doors

Most of our customers also for powder coated, aluminium framed windows and doors.

These windows and doors which we supply and install are made to last. Often the windows and doors, will have Pilkington Glass, and because the glass is double glazed, it helps to improve the energy efficiency of the building as well.
Also, we use a breathable membrane, made by DuPont, which allows the building to breathe, on top of that, we also use quality panel insulation, this is reflective insulation.,

The panel insulation has a thick centre, and two reflective sides to help to keep the cold air out and the warm air in.

 

Good solid foundations

We can bring a, our JCB mini digger, these are many JCB excavators, and we will use these to level the ground and we will use a grading bucket.

 

Dimplex electric heaters

To keep the inside of your garden building, nice and warm, we can add multiple dim plaques heaters. These are powered by electric, because the walls will have panel insulation, which has a thick foam centre and two reflective sides, when the heaters are switched on, only underfloor heating, the room can be nice and warm and toasty in a short period of time. Our customers are amazed, by how quickly the buildings heat up, that’s because our builders, will crown insulation, into every wall within your garden room.

 

Guaranteed to last

Sometimes some British garden room companies, spring up and then disappear after a short period of building garden rooms.
Our business is different, we are an established business, we have been around for a long period of time, we have now been building garden rooms in the South-West in England United Kingdom for a very long period of time.

 

We have built countless garden buildings in Bristol.

We have highly experienced staff, plus also, we are so confident of the building are extremely durable, and will last the test of time, every single building we construct, we offer super long guarantee.

 

Can your garden rooms be used during winter?

We explain how we build our garden rooms extra strong, and are able to withstand our British weather. Our garden rooms can be used right throughout the entire year.

Don’t move house- have you thought about having an extra room built within your garden?

 

 

30th of August 2023

Have you already purchased a loft conversion? Have you already added a property extension to your house? Now you think that you can’t extend your home any more, well why not purchase a garden room from us?

Rather than moving from a home you may really like, why move, and go through all of that expense when you can gain an extra room within your garden.

 

 

Costs less than you might think

Let’s say your browsing Instagram for garden rooms, and you see many, but you think, well these all look super expensive.
You might be thinking, well these are going cost 40k, 50k or even 60k, yet what if we told you that our garden rooms, well there super affordable, and with a starting price of 18k, well they might be more affordable than you might think?

 

Built in Bristol

Some garden rooms are assembled on a production line, they might be produced in a factory and then flat packed, to be delivered via lorry to the customer.

But our garden rooms are built in Bristol, there actually put together in your garden in Bristol. This means every piece of wood is cut in your garden. That’s because our buildings are tailor made, they made to the exact size you want.

 

 

Do you offer finance?

At the moment, we do not offer finance on our garden rooms.

How long do you guarantee the buildings for?
Each building we build is different, so at the same time as offering you a quote, we can state how long the guarantee period lasts.

 

How long on average does it take to build?

It takes us roughly 3 weeks to build each garden room, sometimes more if it’s a more complicated build, for example incorporating a bathroom.

Can you clear a space within our garden, so the summerhouse can be built?
Yes we can, we can bring in a JCB mini-digger, and in a short while our excavator will have cleared the space and levelled the ground using a grading bucket.

 

How much do your garden offices cost?

Prices typically vary between 18k and 35k, for the more larger garden buildings these can cost up to 70k.

 

Can you install the electrics?

We most certainly can, we can install of the electrics for you.

 

 

 

City living

In most busy and bustling cities, everywhere is busy. The local pub after work it’s busy, the bus on the way home from work it’s busy, waiting to get on a treadmill at the gym after work, it’s busy!

This means that our cities are becoming more and more densely populated, and because of this, this means that often don’t have much space.

For example, people living in apartments can only dream sometimes of owning a garden, with nice grass and flowers.

Yet for some homeowners, sometimes there are parts in our garden that we don’t use that much at all?

For example, at the end of your garden what’s there at this moment in time? Is just overgrown with brambles, why not make better use of that space at hire our team of highly talented builders to build a quality, a very high quality garden building?

As every square metre of space within our city’s is precious, and highly sought after in our cities, why not make better use out of your garden, and have a garden built by us? We can clear the brambles, we can safely dismantle the greenhouse, or say a wooden shed, and we can clear the space, and in its place build a quality garden room.

 

Garden Room / Office

As prices rise for, well, near enough everything in our cities, whether it’s the price of a loaf of bread, or its for office space, this means that a lot of us are now looking to save money.

So, why fork out money every single month for a shared office space? When you can own your own office, and have one built at the end of your garden. Instead we can build a quality, insulated, and even air conditioned garden offices, at affordable prices. For instance, our prices start from just 18k.

 

Travelling back and fore work can become a thing of the past

With the new ULEZ zone now in place, and with some cities now having clean air zones, this means that certain cars can’t be driven into some cities, without paying the fee. And the daily fee, if your entering the city every day, well its a lot. This is given rise to more and more people wanting to work from home, and some people, well they may have even sold one of their cars, as they now plan on working from home more often.

And there are many benefits from working from home, after all in less than 60 seconds, you could simply walk back to your house, and you don’t need to commute back and for an office using train, bus or the underground.

 

More time

After all stuck in traffic at the end of the day or at the start of the day, well, its a waste of time. And who’s been on a train in Britain that hasn’t arrived on time? We have, stuck waiting for the train because of delay, well, it can feel rather annoying, especially if you have to get to a meeting for work.

So, with a garden office, you can have a nice place to work, and you got to worry about train delays or congestion on the roads because you may not be travelling back and fore work so much.

 

Garden Office Pods

When most people think about a garden office, for a garden room, sometimes they have a vision of a huge garden building, which can overpower the garden to the point where it becomes the main focal point.
But not all garden rooms have to be large, they can be compact, they can be a “garden office pods”, starting from the very reasonable price of just £18,000.

These can be built in a corner of the garden, sometimes they are built behind a bush or a tree and then they may not be hardly noticeable from the house.

 

Moving home can be an expensive business

Your might’s need a place where you can work from home, or you might want to room where you can exercise within during the day, and you’re thinking the only way to obtain this, well is to sell your home, as your current home might already be extended as much as you can.

However, moving home, well it’s an expensive business, you have estate agents, solicitors, and also removal fees to add up.
This all adds up, and gets rather expensive, so why not stay put, and have a luxurious, well-built, insulated and also affordable garden room built in your garden by us?

 

Come and have a chat with us

We have a very friendly sales team, it’s made up of Seb, Kingsley and Josh, who can travel and meet you and offer you advice on having a garden room built. We also offer free quotes.

We have now built so many garden rooms, that often after a quick cup of tea with you, and a discussion with you about how you like a garden room to look, we can often offer you a quote there and then.

 

Do you require a multipurpose garden building to be built?

We can build multipurpose garden room for you

 

Sometimes, a customer’s home will be extended to the absolute max, that’s to say, they may have already have had a local builder build a dormer loft conversion, plus a kitchen extension might have already been added to your house?

The property has therefore been extended, as far as it can be extended- yet, what’s great about a garden room, is that you can create extra living space, yet it may only occupy an area of the garden that you might not have used that much at all before? So why not get rid of that old greenhouse that’s falling apart and have a luxury garden room built in its place.

For example, at the end of your garden, might currently be overgrown with brambles, perhaps a compost bin, so you will be gaining extra living space within an area of your garden that might not have been used much at all because it currently might just have say an old green house there that you haven’t used for years?

 

Not just the summer

When we think of garden buildings, because sometimes they are described and “summerhouses” or “posh sheds”, this gives the impression that they are only used on hot summer days. However we use premium quality insulation, this is thick insulation made by companies such as Quinn insulation, that’s extremely good at keeping the warm air inside the building, once you switch on the electric heater.

We can also install multiple electric heaters made by Dimplex, and if you would like we can install any brand of air conditioning system, we highly recommend Hitachi air conditioning systems.

 

How we build our multipurpose garden buildings

Multiple plasterboard partition walls complete with internal doors

We can create separate rooms within the garden room using plasterboard walls, and internal doors.
For example you may want 70% of the building to be a main room, which your going to use as your office space. The remaining 30% we could build a bathroom, complete with shower- we can even install one of those fancy hand dryers for you made by Dyson, you know the ones Dyson air blades- there really good at drying your hands super quickly.

 

Make way for the garden room

You might want to demolish of your old garage? Yet then you might have a lot of items that need storing, such as lawnmower, strimmer and the hedge shears? Well do not worry, as we can build a garden building that has a side storage room.
We can create a separate room, with a side access door, where you can store items for your garden in a side room. For example, on the front of the building, as the main way to access your garden room, you may want aluminium bi-folding doors, then the side access, where the electric lawn mower, hedge strimmer and shears are stored, you may want a side door, built at the side of the garden room, that allows you to easily access the side room.

Then say 75% of the building, can be dedicated to being used as a garden room.
We could use plasterboard as the partition, and can also add two separate exterior doors for you, one to access the main room and one to access the side storage area.

 

Will there be two people be working within the garden building?

It’s fairly common today, for two people to be working from home, or perhaps, you run a business with your partner? You may therefore need a building where you can work from home, to run your business from?

However even though you may both working in the same garden building, you might want a partition wall built and an internal door, so that you can both work within the building, but in separate rooms. You might even want separate bathrooms installed on either side of the garden room as well? For example, two separate toilets and wash hand basins?

 

Large bathroom

If you’re going to use your garden building as your workspace, you’re likely to be spending upwards of 40 hours per week working within the building.

Therefore we would recommend having a bathroom installed as well within the building, therefore we can install a bathroom for you, we can also take care of all the ground works, which are needed. For example, we will need to use a mini-excavator is to dig a trench, so we can install the soil pipe, plus the water supply to the bathroom.

 

 

Guest bedroom

Another common use for our garden buildings, is to use the building as guest accommodation for family when they stayover.
You might want to separate bedrooms and a large bathroom, we can create this for you by using internal walls.

 

Gym / Yoga Studio

Another really popular use for garden buildings, is for the homeowner to use the space to improve their fitness.
You might therefore want one room is full of gym equipment, and have an internal door which opens, into your yoga studio.

 

How much do these buildings cost?

Prices do vary depending on the specification of the building, for example whether or not you want a bathroom installed or not.
A bathroom can sometimes substantially increase the cost of the built, because there is ground works that are needed to connect the garden building to the main drains.

The price is also dependent upon the size of the building, because we build bespoke buildings, we can build the building to any dimensions that you would like. For example, if you have a large garden, you might want a very large garden building which spans the entire width of the garden? And also for the building to be very wide.

Our prices vary anywhere between £18,000 and £70,000; it normally takes is under three weeks to build the vast majority of our garden buildings from start to finish.

Every single building, we construct comes with a long guarantee, so you will have peace of mind that you are buying a quality building.
 

Why you should hire us to build your new yoga studio

 

Meditation and yoga have become massively popular around the globe, and a lot of people now practice yoga every single day.
For some people, they may start the day with practicing yoga or some meditation before they go out to work. Quite often the person which enjoys doing yoga, requires a quiet space, a room where they can improve their yoga and to meditate in peace and quiet.

 

Why purchase a yoga studio from us?

 

 

We’ve been building garden buildings for well over 10 years. We now have a very strong reputation for building quality buildings. You might have seen one of our many Mercedes Sprinter vans on the road, that’s because, we have multiple teams that build our buildings throughout the year 6 days a week.

One of the main reasons our company is chosen over the thousands of garden room companies is simply because we offer very long guarantees. We can be very confident our buildings will last a really long period of time, because we always buy quality building materials. From the roof to floor everything is built to last, that’s why we are such a popular garden room company.

Do you build air-conditioned yoga studios?

Yes, we do, we can add a Mitsubishi air conditioning system, or perhaps you would like another brand air conditioning system installed? We work with an established company, that installs our air conditioning systems. This means even when its really hot here in Britain, during a warm summer’s day, you can be as cool as a cucumber doing yoga inside your summerhouse.

We want to do yoga inside and outside; can you build decking as well a garden yoga studio?

 

 

We most certainly can build decking as well, imagine a huge garden room, so if its raining outside you can do yoga inside your garden building. Alternatively, if the weather is nice, and there’s a nice warm summers breeze blowing along your garden, well, you might want to do yoga on your decking instead? We can build composite decking, complete with glass balustrades and also, led lights, therefore whether you want to yoga inside the room, or outside, you can.

Can you install a bathroom within our yoga studio?

Yes, we can, we can install a shower, toilet and wash hand basin for you.

 

Can you install triple glazing, so its more quiet inside the garden building?

Yes, we can we can triple glazed windows and doors.

 

How long will we have to wait before building work can start?

We can sometimes start the following week, for example, we can sometimes offer a quote on the Friday evening, and if you want us to, we can start work on the Monday morning. During the peak of summer, sometimes, there’s a slight wait before we can start work, when we offer you a quote, we can always tell you, how soon we can start work.

 

Yoga studio

What’s great about having a yoga studio built by us, is that it can be built so that the building overlooks your garden. Your garden room built by us can be a Comfortable and warm building, because it will be fully insulated. You might have requested also to have floor-to-ceiling windows, allowing ample light to flood the room, creating a light and airy space where you can enjoy exercising and doing yoga.

 

What are the benefits of having a yoga studio built?

You might currently be practising yoga within your house, however you may have decided you want a separate room, where you can practice yoga and meditate whenever you like. As a garden building is a detached, it’s often a freestanding building, this means it can be a quiet space for you to meditate.

 

 

Nice and warm

Plus, because all our buildings are completely insulated, they can be nice and warm even in the winter months. We can even install the radiators for you.

One of the reasons why we are often chosen to build garden rooms, is that our team of tradesmen and women can build the whole room and take care of everything from the plastering, the painting and decorating. This means all you have to do this move your furniture in minutes can then start to be used.

We can also install the electrics, as well as any solar panels that you might want fitted onto the roof.

 

 

A great way to improve your fitness

A lot of people like to regularly visit the gym, perhaps you like to visit every single day of the week?
To make visiting the gym more convenient for you, a lot of people are having garden rooms built, they can use as their own personal gym at home.

Within this building, you might want a separate room that you can use as your yoga video or your meditation room.

 

Don’t pay over the odds for your garden building

We offer some of the best prices around for building the luxury and well-built garden buildings. In matter of fact, our garden building have a starting price of just £18,000, which offers unbelievable value for money, when you consider how well-built they are, plus they are guaranteed to last for a very long period of time.

 

Can be used throughout the different seasons

A lot of people like to do yoga and to meditate, regardless of whether it’s winter, summer or spring.

Therefore, your freestanding garden building, that might be built the end of your garden, needs to be well insulated and also well built. Often the building won’t be connected to your central heating system, from your house, so it needs to have its own insulation and its own heating. Therefore, because the building is separate from the main house, it can have electric oil filled radiators, plus insulation and this will help to keep the room warm in the winter.

 

What type of insulation do you use?

We would highly recommend that extra thick panel insulation, that is very thick panel insulation is added into the walls.
As the building is constructed, there will be empty spaces, voids between the structural timbers, and the plasterboard and exterior cladding.
It’s therefore important that these voids are filled with insulation, there is a wide range of insulation to choose from. For example, there’s sheep’s wool, there’s fibreglass, also commonly referred to as rock wool, there is also panel insulation. We would recommend opting for extra thick panel insulation.

 

Windows as large as you like

 

 

 

When your practising yoga, often the occupant will want the room to feel light and airy, with as much natural light coming into the room as possible.

This can be achieved by having large windows fitted, you could even have floor to ceiling windows fitted if you would like these within your garden building. As the roof is flat, and often made from rubber roofing, we can also add a roof lantern, a roof lantern is a brilliant way of getting more natural light into the room.

 

How much do yoga studios cost to build in the United Kingdom?

 

Prices vary depending on which company you hire; however, we can build a small garden room, with prices starting from as low as £18,000. Therefore, this makes our rooms very affordable, especially when you consider within the price we include the insulation, a very high-quality roof as well as our electricians installing all of the electrics for you.

 

Will the yoga studio be guaranteed to last?

Yes, whether we are building a garden bar, where the customers will use the room to enjoy drinking whiskey, alternatively perhaps the customer will use the room as a home gym or yoga. For every single garden building that we build, regardless price, we always offer a long guarantee. We offer longer guarantees than some other companies, and when we write you a quote, within the quote we will stipulate how long we guarantee the building to last.

 

Have you built many yoga studios before?

Yes, most definitely have, the vast majority of the buildings that we construct are often used by business owners or by employees that need a quiet place to work.

However, yoga studios are now very popular as well, and we would say that they are getting more and more popular, and a lot of people ask us at Kingsley build high-quality buildings which are made to last.

 

 

Can you also add soundproofing throughout our garden building?

Whether we are building a garden bar, or perhaps we are building a room that used for yoga, often with the customer wants to close the doors and windows, and have a quiet place where they can truly unwind, perhaps enjoying a glass of whiskey or instead perhaps meditating.
To help make our buildings more quieter inside, we can add top quality, soundproofing, manufactured by leading manufacturers of soundproofing.

 

How long will it take you to build a yoga studio or garden gym?

This does depend on the design, for example, some customers will want a garden building that has a sedum roof, that’s also has a huge decking area, made using composite decking, complete with glass balustrades. They may also want the room to have multiple different rooms, including a bathroom inside. This type of garden building might take over a month to build.
Most buildings however take us around three weeks to build from start to completion.

 

 

What exactly is a garden room?

23rd of August 2023

Author: Ryan Walsh

 

Here at Kingsley, we’ve been building garden buildings now for donkeys’ years- well not quite, but we have been building them for over 10 years, and in that time, we have seen many garden room companies come and go.

And from a customer’s perspective, we know buying a garden building, can be confusing, can take up a lot of time finding the right company to build the building for you. Also, it can sometimes seem very perplexing, why garden rooms are often referred to as everything from “garden offices”, “posh sheds” through to “log cabins”, “summerhouses” and also “garden studios”.
This might have you scratching your head thinking, well, what do I need? A summerhouse, garden room or a log cabin?

 

And then there’s the quality

The quality of these buildings can be miles apart, some garden buildings can be a massive disappointment to the customer when they are built, so much so that they become an eyesore the end of the garden. For example, sometimes softwood can start to become water marked really quickly, so what we mean by that is, once built they look great, nice bright pine, but then if they are not sealed, they can turn black, show signs of wood rot and after a relatively short period.

For other companies, such as ours the focus on building bespoke luxury garden rooms, we believe that these buildings can enhance your life, they can become a space where you want to spend time, and you might even think why didn’t we get one of these built long before now?

 

So, what exactly is a garden room?

We would define a garden room, that is a freestanding building, that can be used right throughout the year.
Now, you might have rather confused look on your face, thinking why wouldn’t we be able to use any type of summerhouse throughout the year.? Surely all summerhouses, regardless of the price paid, can be used right throughout the year, whether it be

 

Winter or summer?

Well, the simple answer to their question is, some summerhouses, can be nothing more than garden sheds, with a flat roof, and sometimes single glazed windows and doors are fitted sometimes, which means that it will be freezing inside the garden room during the winter. This means that for some summerhouses they are totally unusable during the winter, because they are not insulated. Being within them would mean it feels freezing cold, and trying to heat them is out of the question, because they will simply cost too much an electric to keep warm.

So, what would we define as a garden room, is a building that has been designed for use all year round, whether it be winter or summer. So the building must have good quality insulation, double glazing, if not triple glazing.

 

So, what are these buildings used for?

 

To improve your fitness

A lot of people use their garden room as a place to improve their fitness, to perhaps lift weights in the evening, or to do yoga, or simply just to have a 30-minute run on the treadmill while catching up on the BBC News as they watch it on a large screen television in front of the treadmill.

 

A place to work

One of the most common reasons, our customers ask us to build a garden room, is to use the room as a place where they can work.
A garden office can therefore offer a perfect place where you can get your work completed, while also looking out the window and taking in the scenery, such as the flowers within your garden, or perhaps your property looks over meadows, and you can look out over the meadows, the woodlands or perhaps even the sea?

 

Less hassle than hiring a builder

So, when you want a loft conversion built, a property extension built, sometimes you have to gain planning permission, before that construction work can start. Also, when this building work is taking place, it can cause a lot of disruption, a lot of noise, a lot of dust and also some builders to play their radios a bit too loud.

So, you might not want to go through the hassle of hiring a builder to add an extension to your home, instead you can hire a garden room company like us, and we can build the freestanding structure at the end of your garden, and we will do our utmost to minimise noise and disruption for our customers.

In less than three weeks, often we can build a garden office, a garden room or a gym for you within your garden.

 

Built to last

One of the main reasons, so many people choose Kingsley, to construct a garden building, is because our buildings are built strong, they are built to last, and we are so confident that our garden buildings are built to a high standard, we offer a long guarantee on each of our buildings.

 

Built for comfort

Just as you expect certain extras to be included within your car, such as heaters, and air conditioning, you’re going to want the same for your garden building.

We can therefore, as an optional extra, install air conditioning and underfloor heating.

We can also install multiple radiators help you to easily heat the room.

We can also make your garden building even more comfortable, by for example adding a complete bathroom, so when you need to toilet, you don’t need to walk back to your house.

We can also add soundproofing, to help it to be quieter within the garden room.

We can also install top quality speakers into the roof, as an optional extra, for example you might want to listen to music while doing yoga?

 

Can you create us 3-D drawings before you start the building work?

We most certainly can, we can create a set of 3-D drawings for you, so you will gain a really good idea of how the garden room will look prior to our builders start work on building your garden room.

At this stage you might want to make changes to the design, for example you might want to change which exterior cladding is used, you might have opted for grey composite cladding, but now you might want to change it to natural wood options, such as using

 

Canadian red cedar or perhaps mahogany or oak?

Therefore getting 3-D drawings created, allows you to visualise what the garden building will look like prior to actually being built.

 

Have you built many garden offices, log cabins and garden rooms?

We have built many garden buildings, our team travel far and wide building bespoke garden rooms. A lot of our work now comes by way of recommendation, for example our customers recommending us to their neighbours.

Or one of our customers might recommend us to a member of their family or friends, that’s because when you see our garden rooms once they have been built, you will see that they are built to a very high standard.

 

Would you like a garden room constructed?

If you would like a garden room built, then why not call us for a quote.

Do you know that we also build small garden bars

 

 

If you recently walked into a local fancy wine bar, well, you will know, the prices have gone through the roof. Yes, it might be a nice refreshing point of craft beer, your offered but when it’s coming close the 8 pound a pint- well it can most definitely hurt the wallet, when you need to get in a big round in!

But what if there was a great solution, where you could enjoy spending time your friends, but you haven’t got to spending an absolute fortune at the same time at a local bar every weekend.

 

 

Why not have a garden bar built by us?

Now we know, that when you’re thinking about a garden bar, it starts to conjure up thoughts of a the owners owning a huge garden- perhaps a big swimming pool in front of it, decking and a big lawn- but what if we were to say to you, we can build a small garden bar, for as little as £18,000!

Therefore, you could have a place to have your friends and family can come over and enjoy nice drink whenever you want, plus, it wont cost you a fortune each time a pint is pulled!

 

 

No more taxi’s

With a garden bar what’s great is you can have a drink, and your ready to call it a night, you just have to walk back to your house.
Therefore, no more waiting around for taxis to come, or queuing at crowded bars waiting to get served by the bar staff for a long time!

What’s also great, is that you could have a large garden bar built, you could have multiple televisions mounted on the wall, a number of really comfortable sofas, you can have quality speakers put into the ceiling as well.

 

We can even install a complete bathroom as well.

 

We could build a bar as a long as wide as the whole garden bar, you could even have multiple beer pumps installed, so you could have a pump for cider, lager and perhaps ale- you might even forget you a garden room after a short while, and you might actually think you’re in a local pub!

 

 

So how much do garden bars cost?

Well, not as much as you might think, that’s because our starting prices start from £18,000, and most of the garden bars we build cost around £25,000.

Now when you think about it, you could use that room, for multiple different uses as well, perhaps a place to exercise during the day?

Then you can just simply put them dumbbells, kettle bells and exercise ball to one side, have your friends over, and enjoy a nice glass of wine with then.

What’s included in the price?

 

 

A quality roof and quality cladding

Here in Great Britain, it rains cats and dogs, well nearly on a daily basis, so, you need a garden room that is able to withstand heavy rain, especially when there’s a sustained downpour. So you need a high-quality roof and also cladding to keep all that water out.

 

 

What do we recommend?

We would highly recommend purchasing a “composite garden room”, so what we mean by that is the exterior has composite cladding added to the outside of your garden building.

Then in conjunction with the composite cladding, we would recommend is having a long lasting rubber roof added. It’s the composite cladding, and a rubber roof when used together can do simply a brilliant job, keeping the water out.

Some summerhouses are as cheap as chips, that’s for sure, but the problem is, if you have the summerhouse clad with a softwood, like pine, well this means the building can constantly absorbing water. If the softwood cladding is constantly absorbing water, then this can mean it will become extremely down inside the garden room, which means that the plasterboard is likely to start showing signs of damp spores time.

This is why, at our company we only build quality buildings, we only build quality garden rooms that are made to last.

 

Electrics

We have qualified electricians that work for our construction company, and in less than one day our electricians can often install all of the wiring, the fuse box and connect your whole garden room to the electric mains supply.

 

Quality doors and windows

Just as you wouldn’t install low quality windows and doors your house, this is the same for a garden room. Our customers want long-lasting, quality windows and doors to do a great job keeping the heating within the garden room- we therefore recommend, either triple glazing would double glazing.

We can offer wooden framed windows, aluminium framed or UPVC framed windows.

We can therefore supply quality doors and windows.

 

Electric heaters

With the flick of a switch, you can simply switch on your oil filled electric radiators that we have hung on the wall for you. In a Short period of time because we will have the room nice and warm, because our builders will have packed the walls with insulation, and the radiators will heat the room in a short period of time.

 

A nice place to go and unwind

Does your property overlook meadows, perhaps a fast flowing river or acre after acre of woodland?
Wouldn’t that make a great place to put some comfortable sofas, within the garden building, combined with huge doors and windows, so that you can sit back, enjoy a nice cup of tea and take in the views the surround your property.

 

 

Guaranteed to last

This is one of the reasons why we are a fast-growing garden room companies in United Kingdom, simply because all of our garden buildings are guaranteed to last. Whether the garden building, has cost £18,000 to build a 100,000, we always offer a very long guarantee period.

 

 

Local ciders

Somerset and the West Country is famous throughout the United Kingdom, for producing very refreshing and quality ciders. So why not support their local business, and get local ciders on pump within your garden bar? There are also local lagers and ales produced locally, so why not stock your garden bar with local with locally produced ales, ciders and lagers?

 

 

Which areas do you build garden bars in?

We travell the length and the breadth United Kingdom building top quality garden bars. The vast majority of the garden buildings that we construct are in the West Country, yet we also travel throughout the UK, building our garden buildings.

 

Can you install all of the electrics?

Yes, included within our quotes, will be for our qualified electricians, to install all of the electrics, this includes installing the power sockets, the lights, light switches and the electric radiators, as well as electric hand dryers if you’re having a bathroom fitted by us, as well as the electric underfloor heating. Some of these options, are optional extras, so they will cost more to install, however, our garden room company offers some of the best prices, on our optional extras.

 

Can you install a toilet as well?

Yes, we can we can install a large bathroom for you.

 

Do you offer finance on your garden bars?

Currently we do not offer finance, however we do offer some of the best prices in the West Country, for example prices start from 18 K.

 

Can you build decking and glass balustrade outside?

Yes, when the weather is good, you are likely to want to sit on the decking and enjoy a nice refreshing pint of beer, so we can install composite decking, within the composite decking can be LED lights. We can also supply and install the glass balustrades is for you.

How owning a garden building could help to improve your fitness

 

Many people spend a lot of time improving their fitness, whether that’s attending fitness classes, going to the local gym or perhaps doing yoga at home?

However, for many people, it’s difficult to sometimes find the time needed to go and visit the local gym. For example, a lot of people that are working full-time, may skip going to the gym from time to time, because they need to do their weekly shop, or other commitments may get in the way of them exercising as often as they would like.

But we think we have the solution, which will allow you to gain more time, work out whenever you want, and therefore could help to improve your fitness.

 

The benefits of owning a garden gym

So, let’s say it’s a rather dreary Monday afternoon, it’s wet outside and rather cold, you’ve just finished work, the traffic is particularly heavy. You might think, I haven’t got the time to be driving to the gym tonight, I will leave it until tomorrow- does that sound familiar to you?

But what if there was a gym within your garden? So, whenever you want to work out, all you have to do is walk to the end of your garden, open the doors, and workout whenever you want.

Owning your very own gym, sounds like something that only the rich and famous can afford, yet more and more people are owning their own gym, by purchasing a garden gym from us. So, you haven’t got to be a multimillionaire rock star, now own your own gym complete with bathroom. We can simply build one within your garden, and you can then enjoy using your garden gym for years to come. We think they offer brilliant value for money.

 

 

Free weights, running machines and also cycle bikes- what do you enjoy using?

When you get to the gym, what do you like to exercise on?

We can build a large garden gym for you, which you can fill with multiple pieces of gym equipment, perhaps you would just like a treadmill in front of a massive television screen, so that you can watch the football while running full pelt, or your treadmill?

So whether you like to run on the treadmill, and run for say 30 minutes per day, perhaps you like to lift free weights, that is dumbbells or kettle bells? Whatever gym equipment you like using, we can build a garden gym for you.

 

 

Why not add a bathroom?

For added convenience, we can also add a shower cubicle, as well as toilet and wash hand basin within a separate room within your garden gym. So, when you finished working out, you can simply jump into the shower and have a wash.

We can also build a wet room for you. Our electricians can install the extractor fans, to extract the condensation from the garden room.

 

 

Garden gyms are now incredibly popular

A lot of people now have very demanding jobs, and therefore they may not have the time to be driving to the gym, for example if you finished late from work, let’s say you’re a solicitor finishing at 7 PM, you might not have the time to get to the gym every evening.

So what’s great about having a garden building built by us, which is then crammed full of gym equipment, is that whenever you fancy workout, you only have two walk a few steps from your house, and your within your garden gym.

So owning a garden gym, means that it might be much more convenient for you, that whenever you want to work out, instead of having to jump in the car, and drive the say 30 minutes to the local gym, you instead just have to walk a few steps they you are, within your garden gym.

 

 

Why hire us to build your garden building?

Well it’s a bit like when you buy a car, your going to want that vehicle to be reliable and dependable, this is exactly the same when you’re buying a garden building.

You going to want the roof to last a long period of time, you going to want the whole building to be well insulated so it’s nice and warm in the winter, you also during very heavy rain going to want the cladding to withstand that rain lashing down on the outside of the building.

 

 

Now, you might think that all garden building should be capable of this, right?

But sometimes simply put they are not. Sometimes after relatively short period, the roof might start to leak, there might be the ingress of water through the cladding, causing the building to become damp and full of damp spores inside.

So, we believe quality is very important here at Kingsley, whether we are building a garden bar, full of fine quality whiskeys, or we are building a garden gym, full of dumbbells, the building must simply be high quality, built to last, extremely durable and that’s exactly what we can offer.

 

How much does a garden gym cost?

The price does vary, depending on the size of the building that we are building, and also which options you choose. We offer a starting price of £18,000, and this means that you will have a building ready to move your gym equipment straight into.

 

How long will it take you to build a garden gym?

We build most garden gyms in under three weeks, however if you want a large building, then it might take us a bit longer.

 

Can the garden building be fully air conditioned?

Yes, we can add an air conditioning unit, to your garden building, which can be switched on via a remote control, and this will allow you to cool the garden building.

 

Are you able to also install a shower/bathroom into our garden gym?

Yes, we can add a complete bathroom for you within your garden gym, alternatively you might just want a toilet and wash hand basin installed?

 

We can also install a wet room for you.

Will the garden gym be warm enough to use during the winter?
Yes, most certainly, what we will do, is add insulation, as well as oil filled radiators, so the room can be heated up quickly.

How our garden buildings can better fit into your garden

 

You wouldn’t settle for purchasing a pair of shoes that are too big for you- simply because that’s all they had in stock.
Your going get annoyed with the rubbing of the shoes, or the shoes flopping off the backs of your feet, right?

Well, this is bit like buying a garden building from a company that only offers you set sizes. Sure, it’s a garden building, but, what if spaces get wasted around the back of the building, or to the sides, and then that space, well, does nothing more than serve to grow weeds and be an area of your garden that’s not used.

So, just as a comfy pair of shoes should fit the contours of your feet, so should a garden building fit the contours of your garden. So, this article, we are going to explain how a bespoke garden room, built by us, can help you to make much better use out of the space you have available in your garden.

Plus, we will explain how if you have a garden which ends at a point, or a garden that has a wall that slopes, and is not straight, then we can build a garden building which fits the contours of your garden.

Here’s how having a bespoke garden room built by us, could help you make the most of the space you have available in your garden.

 

 

Made to the exact measurements you want

A suit bought off the coat hanger, well, it might fit you nice, but its likely its not going to be as nice as a tailored suit, made to fit your exact shape.

And this is a bit like a garden room, sure, you could buy a garden building that fits in your garden, but its not going to fit as well as a bespoke building, made to fit your garden perfectly.

What’s great about hiring us is, we can come to your garden, and with you mark out how large you want the garden room to be. And you haven’t got to have a rectangular garden room built, that’s because we build the following shape garden rooms as well:

– Triangular
– Circular
– Square

 

Your garden ends at a point, a triangular garden can mean that if you were to buy say a flat pack rectangular garden room- and built it yourself, well it could mean your left with a triangle area at the back of the garden room, that’s not used. Building the garden building, could mean that the triangle angle of the garden, where your garden ends, might not be accessible, so this space could be totally wasted.

So, what’s great about hiring us is, the garden room can be built, to the shape of your garden. For example, you may have one perfectly straight length of fencing one side of the building, then on the other side, a wall, that’s not straight, that built at an angle. So, we can build a garden building, which follows the angle of the wall.

 

Make way for your new building

What do you have at the end of your garden right now?

Perhaps an old wooden shed? A greenhouse? Or just full of overgrown brambles? This is a space we could clear for you, we could throw the old waste into a skip, level the ground for you, and in its space, built an insulated garden building.

What’s great about hiring us is, you don’t need to hire a separate demolition company, or someone to clear your garden, we can complete this work for you. We can clear away your garden for you, removing brambles, sheds, compost bins, old greenhouses, put them into a skip for recycling, then our builders can start to build a garden office or garden room for you.

 

You have a wide garden that’s also narrow

A lot of gardens in Britain, especially we think a lot of new build properties can have quite wide gardens, the width of the detached house, but also, then quite shallow.

So, if you have a garden that’s not very long at all, what you need is a garden room that’s wide, that’s thin, this will allow you to get a large amount of room inside the building, but its not so wide that takes up too much of your garden.

 

You don’t have rear lane access

So, you may have no rear lane access, or perhaps you don’t have side access, say through a garden gate.

So, this might mean, the only way of entering your garden is through your house. So, this might currently have you thinking, that you can’t have a garden room, because the building materials won’t fit through your house.

However, after a quick look at your garden, and access to the house, over a nice cup of tea, we can explain how we can bring in everything we need through your property. We will aim to bring the building materials through the house, during one or two days, then we will stack everything we need in your garden.

Therefore acted the initial disruption, of us bringing everything we need through your house, often then we can start work, and we don’t need to take any more building materials to your house.

We always aim to minimise disruption for our customers, this is why, rather than using claw hammers, and to have our builders hammering in the nails to the wood, we now use nail guns, which help us to make less noise, therefore causing less disruption.
Would you like a garden room constructed?

We can meet you, in your garden, and we can explain the different shape garden buildings that we construct.

We can mark out in your garden, the dimensions of the garden room, so that you can visualise how much space the building will take up.

We build L-shaped, hexagonal, rectangular, circular and square garden rooms. If you would like a free no obligation quote, then why not call us?

Why buy a garden office from us?

 

 

When on Google or Bing, and you’re searching for “local garden room businesses near me”- well, there are likely to be hundreds of businesses to choose from. On the Google My Business listing, you might see it full of red dots, of businesses based close to you, that build garden offices.

So, you are, spoilt for choice in terms of local businesses, but how should you go about choosing a business?

 

 

Take your time to find the right company

Well, its most definitely worth taking your time to find the right company, as it’s a bit like buying a used car, you don’t want to obtain the vehicle, then be extremely disappointed in the car. No more than you want to buy a garden room, that’s not insulated, you can’t keep it warm, and its costing an absolute fortune in electricity costs to keep warm.

 

 

So, here’s some of things, you need to make sure your garden office comes with as standard:

• Long lasting roof, we would recommend a rubber roof
• That the whole building is guaranteed to last
• Choose composite cladding, if you don’t want to be varnishing, staining or rubbing oil in wooden cladding
• Choose quality bi-folds, with smooth open and close, cheap UPVC doors can jab, be clunky to open and close, which can get very annoying
• Make sure the garden room has a breathable membrane, or, what will happen is condensation will build up inside
• Check whether the inside will be plastered, or just plasterboard
• Check whether the electric installation is included
• Check if you going to get a toilet installed, whether this includes the ground works, to get the toilet hooked up to the drains
Why there’s insulation then there’s insulation

So, on some websites, which sell flat pack summerhouses, sometimes you will see what’s called an expanded diagram, of how they build the walls. Now, the expanded diagram, the construction may look impressive, with multiple different building materials used to make the outside walls. Yet, instantly a builder will know, that sometimes in reality, cheap low quality building materials are being used, and the insulation may only be as thick as a piece of cardboard, which is no good, and won’t keep you warm in the winter.

You need the same insulation that’s used when building a house, panel insulation, that’s thick, a breathable membrane, then super high quality cladding, to keep the rain out, if you were to ask us, which cladding we would recommend, it would be a quality brand of composite cladding, as it simply lasts a very long period of time, needs next to no maintenance, its also good for the environment as well, as some brands use recycled plastics, when they are manufacturing the composite cladding.

 

 

Guaranteed to last

Each of the garden rooms we build, is guaranteed to last, whether we are building a garden office, or a garden gym, every building we build comes with a long guarantee. So, when you purchase from us, you purchase with the peace of mind, that you’re buying a quality building, that’s simply made to last.

 

 

Rock-solid reputation

We have a rock-solid reputation, we have now been building garden rooms, for over 5-years, this means we are one of the most well-known garden room companies in South West England. Much of our work, whether we building a garden gym or a garden office, often comes from recommendations from our previous customers.

So, for example, often we build a garden bar, and we build it to such a high standard, that when you have a party, let’s say a birthday party, and you invite your friends over and family, you might have the party in your garden room. Once your family and friends see the quality of your garden room, often they will want one built too. With prices starting from 18k, often once you’ve seen one of our garden rooms, you will want one built as well.

 

 

And in as little as 3 weeks we can build the whole building for you.

We can help you during the design phases
So, let’s say you would like a large garden office built:
Yet, you don’t know which cladding to have, whether you want decking, and what door option you would like.

We can recommend different options, such as grey composite cladding, aluminium bi-folding doors, and a sedum roof. Then before we start any work, we can create a set of 3D drawings, so that you can gain a good idea of what the garden office will look like, prior to it being built. For example, you may want to make some changes to the design.

For example, you may change the timber decking, to composite grey cladding so that it matches the cladding used on your garden office. We can create a set of 3D drawings at a low cost for you.

 

 

Air-conditioned and heated- temperature controlled

The last thing you want, is to have a lot of work to do, and you need to get done by a deadline, but it’s a hot summers day, and you don’t want to be boiling hot working in your garden office. No, you’re going to want to be as cool as a cucumber while working, so we fit a top-quality air-conditioning unit.

Then with a simple press of the remote, the air conditioning unit switches on, and there you have it, a nice cool garden office. So, you can work in comfort.

 

 

Sound insulation

Do you live by a busy road?

Well, busses, trucks and vans whizzing pass can be distracting, and although sound proofing wont totally eliminate all of that noise, it will help to reduce the noise coming in from outside. So, we would highly recommend that you opt for sound proofing. The panel insulation primary function is to insulate the garden room, yet that can also help to lower the amount of noise coming from outside. However, if you really want to reduce the noise coming from outside, then we would recommend having sound insulation installed.

 

 

Built quickly

We have a very large team of staff, we have roofers, which are experts at laying rubber roofs, we have carpenters, which are experts at making your garden room, strong and long lasting. We have electricians, which can offer you the latest technology to make using your garden office more comfortable, such as, electric oil filled radiators, which can be switched on, from your smartphone.
So, while you’re eating your cereal for breakfast in your house, you can open the app on your i-phone, switch on the heating in your garden office, and then in a short amount of time, your garden office will be nice and warm for you to use.

 

 

Maintenance plans also available

Some of our customers in Bristol want their garden room, clad with expensive hardwood cladding, which looks brilliant- yet does require maintenance. This is why we offer maintenance plans, for us to return every year, and to varnish, add oil or paint your exterior cladding and decking.

 

 

Sedum roofs

So, you might want a garden room, which blends into your garden, you don’t want the roof just to be a roof, you also want to grow plants, grass, wild flowers- which is great for the bees, so we can build what’s called a sedum room.
A sedum roof, means we can add quality soil, so in a short amount of time, the roof, could become completely covered in wild flowers. This is great for bees, for the insects, and will look really good in your garden.

 

 

Quality

Here at Kingsley Build we build garden rooms to the highest of standards, we build garden rooms, that are built to last.

Why not arrange a free quote?